[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2018110092A1 - Medium processing device and medium transaction device - Google Patents

Medium processing device and medium transaction device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018110092A1
WO2018110092A1 PCT/JP2017/038350 JP2017038350W WO2018110092A1 WO 2018110092 A1 WO2018110092 A1 WO 2018110092A1 JP 2017038350 W JP2017038350 W JP 2017038350W WO 2018110092 A1 WO2018110092 A1 WO 2018110092A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
roller
arm
conveyance
guide
delivery
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/038350
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
岡本 真明
政光 浅村
高田 敦
飯塚 守
厳太郎 松岡
和宏 細川
Original Assignee
沖電気工業株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 沖電気工業株式会社 filed Critical 沖電気工業株式会社
Publication of WO2018110092A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018110092A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65HHANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H29/00Delivering or advancing articles from machines; Advancing articles to or into piles
    • B65H29/52Stationary guides or smoothers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65HHANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H5/00Feeding articles separated from piles; Feeding articles to machines
    • B65H5/36Article guides or smoothers, e.g. movable in operation
    • B65H5/38Article guides or smoothers, e.g. movable in operation immovable in operation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07DHANDLING OF COINS OR VALUABLE PAPERS, e.g. TESTING, SORTING BY DENOMINATIONS, COUNTING, DISPENSING, CHANGING OR DEPOSITING
    • G07D9/00Counting coins; Handling of coins not provided for in the other groups of this subclass

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a medium processing apparatus and a medium transaction apparatus.
  • medium processing applicable to an automatic cash transaction apparatus (ATM: Automatic ⁇ ⁇ Teller Machine) that allows a customer to insert a medium such as banknotes and perform a desired transaction.
  • ATM Automatic ⁇ ⁇ Teller Machine
  • the present invention relates to an apparatus and a medium transaction apparatus.
  • a safe is disposed on the lower side of the housing, and an upper bill mechanism is disposed on the upper side of the safe.
  • the upper banknote mechanism is movable in a direction of drawing out from the inside of the housing to the outside of the housing (referred to as a pulling direction) and in a direction of housing from the outside of the housing to the inside of the housing (referred to as a storing direction). It has become.
  • the upper banknote mechanism is provided with an upper banknote transport section that forms a transport path for transporting banknotes.
  • a safe banknote transport unit and a banknote cassette that form a transport path are provided.
  • the upper end portion of the safe is provided with a delivery transport unit that connects the upper banknote transport unit and the banknote transport unit in the safe and forms a transport path for transporting the banknotes between them. Yes.
  • the automatic teller machine having such a configuration, when the upper banknote mechanism is housed and fixed inside the housing, the connection portion of the upper banknote transport section with the delivery transport section is pulled out from directly above the delivery transport section. May shift in the direction or storage direction. For this reason, the automatic teller machine connects the transport path of the delivery transport unit to the transport path of the upper bill transport part even if the connection location of the upper bill transport part is shifted in the withdrawal direction or the storage direction with respect to the delivery transport unit. It can be done.
  • the delivery conveyance unit includes a conveyance guide unit that forms a conveyance path, and a rotation control lever that is provided outside one end in the width direction of the conveyance guide unit (that is, outside the width direction of the conveyance path).
  • the rotation control lever As the rotation control lever is pressed, the conveyance guide portion can be rotated so as to be inclined in the pull-out direction or the storage direction.
  • the upper bill mechanism presses the rotation control lever of the delivery guide unit provided on the outside of one end in the width direction of the delivery guide unit and the delivery guide unit connected to the delivery guide unit of the delivery delivery unit. And a pressing arm.
  • the conventional automatic teller machine is configured such that, even if the connection location of the upper banknote transport unit is shifted in the drawing direction or the storage direction with respect to the delivery transport unit, the transport path of the delivery transport unit is It can be connected to the transport path (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-242608).
  • the conventional automatic teller machine needs to provide the rotation control lever and the pressing arm outside the width direction of the transfer guide portion of the delivery transfer portion. Had to spread in the direction.
  • the rotation control lever provided for each delivery conveyance unit is controlled by a pressing arm provided for each delivery conveyance unit. , Each must be pressed separately. For this reason, when providing a plurality of delivery conveyance units, the rotation control lever and the pressing arm provided for each delivery conveyance unit must be shifted in the width direction, and the size of the housing can be further reduced. I had to widen it in the width direction.
  • the casing is widened in the width direction. It was necessary to increase the size of the apparatus.
  • the present disclosure provides a medium processing apparatus and a medium transaction apparatus that are capable of reliably connecting the conveyance paths while being smaller than the conventional one.
  • a first aspect of the present disclosure is a medium processing apparatus, the conveyance guide unit forming a first conveyance path through which a medium is conveyed between two guide surfaces facing each other with a predetermined interval, and the conveyance
  • the conveyance guide unit By connecting with one side of the guide part, it is connected with the first connection side transport guide part that forms the second transport path connected to one end of the first transport path and the other side of the transport guide part.
  • a second connection side conveyance guide part that forms a third conveyance path connected to the other end of the first conveyance path, and the conveyance guide part is engaged with the first connection side conveyance guide part.
  • a first positioning portion that defines a position between the first connection side conveyance guide portion and the second connection side conveyance guide portion is engaged with the second connection side conveyance guide portion.
  • a second positioning part for defining a position between the first positioning part and the second positioning part Part was provided and a biasing unit that biases the first connection-side conveying guide part and the direction of the second connection side conveyance guide section
  • the position of the conveyance guide unit is defined by defining a position between the conveyance guide unit and the first and second connection-side conveyance guide units by a plurality of positioning units provided in the conveyance guide unit.
  • the first transport path can be reliably connected to the second and third transport paths of the first and second connection-side transport guide portions.
  • the first and second conveyance paths of the first and second connection-side conveyance guide portions are separately provided on the outer side in the width direction of the conveyance guide portion and the like. Since there is no need to provide a portion for connection to the device, the apparatus can be reduced in size as compared with the prior art.
  • the first aspect of the present disclosure it is possible to provide a medium processing apparatus and a medium transaction apparatus that are capable of reliably connecting the conveyance paths while being smaller than conventional ones.
  • the automatic teller machine 1 of the first exemplary embodiment is configured around a box-shaped device housing 2, and is installed in a financial institution or the like, for example, In other words, cash-related transactions such as deposit transactions and withdrawal transactions are performed with customers such as financial institutions.
  • the side facing the customer in the automatic teller machine 1 is defined as the front side, and the opposite side is defined as the rear side.
  • the left side and the right side in the apparatus 1 are defined.
  • the device housing 2 is provided with a customer-facing unit 3 at a location where it is easy to insert bills or operate with a touch panel while the customer faces the front side.
  • the customer reception unit 3 is provided with a card entry / exit 4, a deposit / withdrawal port 5, an operation display unit 6, a numeric keypad 7, and a receipt issuance port 8, and exchanges cash and bankbooks directly with the customer, Notification of transaction information and operation instructions are accepted.
  • Card entry / exit 4 is a portion where various cards such as cash cards are inserted or ejected.
  • a card processing unit (not shown) for reading account numbers and the like magnetically recorded on various cards is provided inside the housing of the card slot 4.
  • the deposit / withdrawal port 5 is a portion where banknotes to be deposited by the customer are input and banknotes to be dispensed to the customer are discharged.
  • the deposit / withdrawal port 5 is opened or closed by driving a shutter.
  • the operation display unit 6 is a touch panel in which an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) for displaying an operation screen at the time of a transaction and a touch sensor for inputting a transaction type, a password, a transaction amount, and the like are integrated.
  • the numeric keypad 7 is a physical key that accepts input of numbers such as “0” to “9”, and is used when an input operation such as a password or transaction amount is performed.
  • the receipt issuing port 8 is a part that issues a receipt on which transaction details are printed at the end of transaction processing. Incidentally, a receipt processing unit (not shown) for printing transaction contents and the like on the receipt is provided on the back side of the receipt issuing port 8.
  • the main control unit 9 that performs overall control of the entire automatic teller machine 1, a banknote depositing and dispensing machine 10 that performs various processes related to banknotes, and the like.
  • the main control unit 9 is configured with a CPU (Central Processing Unit) (not shown) as a center, and a predetermined unit from a storage unit such as a ROM (Read Only Memory), a RAM (Random Access Memory), a hard disk drive, and a flash memory (not shown).
  • ROM Read Only Memory
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • flash memory not shown
  • the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 has a control unit 11 that performs overall control of the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10.
  • the control unit 11 is configured around a CPU (not shown), and reads and executes a predetermined program from a storage unit (not shown) such as a ROM, a RAM, a hard disk drive, and a flash memory, thereby executing each part of the banknote depositing and dispensing machine 10. To perform various processes related to deposit transactions and withdrawal transactions.
  • This banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 is configured around a rectangular parallelepiped depositing / dispensing machine housing 20 whose rear side is open as shown in a side view in FIG. In FIG. 2, the control unit 11 is omitted.
  • the automatic teller machine 1 is a door that can be opened and closed on the rear side of the apparatus housing 2, and the banknote depositing and dispensing machine 10 can be accessed from the outside by opening the door.
  • the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 is roughly divided into an upper unit 21 that occupies a portion above the center in the vertical direction of the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20 and a lower unit 22 that occupies a portion below the center. Yes.
  • the upper unit 21 is composed of a deposit / withdrawal unit 23 that exchanges bills with customers, and rollers and guides (not shown) for transporting bills to each unit via a transport path 24R indicated by a thick line in the figure.
  • a transport unit 24, a discrimination unit 25 for discriminating banknotes, and a temporary storage unit 26 for temporarily storing banknotes are provided.
  • the upper unit 21 is attached to the depositing machine housing 20 via a slide rail (not shown) extending in the front-rear direction. For this reason, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 slides the upper unit 21 in the front-rear direction (that is, the storage direction and the withdrawal direction) via the slide rail while the rear door of the device housing 2 is opened.
  • the upper unit 21 can be pulled out to the outside of the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20, and the pulled out upper unit 21 can be stored inside the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20.
  • the lower unit 22 is covered with a rectangular parallelepiped-shaped safe case 27, and the lower unit 22 is attached to the inside of the safe case 27 via a slide rail (not shown) extending in the front-rear direction.
  • the safe housing 27 is a door that can be opened and closed on the rear side.
  • the lower unit 22 detachably holds a plurality (for example, five) of banknote storages 28 (28A to 28E) and one reject storage 29 so as to be sequentially aligned from the rear side to the front side.
  • the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 moves the lower unit 22 in the front-rear direction (i.e., storage) via the slide rail in a state where the rear door of the apparatus housing 2 and the rear door of the safe housing 27 are opened.
  • the bill storage box 28 (28A to 28E) and the reject box 29 are pulled out to the outside of the depositing / dispensing machine case 20 and the safe case 27 together with the lower unit 22 by sliding in the direction and the withdrawal direction. 22 can be stored in the inside of the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20 and the safe housing 27.
  • a hole penetrating in the vertical direction is formed on the upper surface of the safe housing 27 at positions facing the upper surfaces of the banknote storages 28 (28A to 28E) and the reject storage 29 stored in the safe housing 27 (see FIG. (Not shown) is provided, and the delivery / conveyance unit 30 (30A to 30F) is arranged inside each hole.
  • transport paths 24Ra to 24Rf extending toward the delivery transport sections 30A to 30F are formed.
  • the delivery transport units 30A to 30F form transport paths that connect the transport paths 24Ra to 24Rf of the upper unit 21 to the banknote storages 28A to 28E and the reject storage 29, respectively.
  • the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 receives banknotes between the transport paths 24Ra to 24Rf of the upper unit 21 and the banknote storages 28A to 28F and the rejection store 29 of the lower unit 22 via the delivery transport units 30A to 30F. It is supposed to pass.
  • the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 opens the shutter of the depositing / dispensing port 5 when receiving an operation input for performing a deposit transaction via the operation display unit 6 (FIG. 1) by the customer, for example.
  • the shutter is closed and the inserted bills are conveyed to the discrimination unit 25 one by one.
  • the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 transports the banknotes determined to be normal banknotes by the discrimination unit 25 to the temporary storage unit 26 and temporarily stores them.
  • banknotes determined as deposit reject banknotes not suitable for depositing are returned to the deposit / withdrawal unit 23 and returned to the customer by opening the shutter.
  • the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 conveys the banknote stored in the temporary storage unit 26 to the discrimination unit 25 to discriminate the denomination, and according to the denomination, It is transported to each banknote storage 28A-28E and stored.
  • the banknotes are transported from the transport paths 24Ra to 24Re of the upper unit 21 to the banknote storages 28A to 28E of the lower unit 22 through the delivery transport units 30A to 30E.
  • the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 receives an operation input for performing a withdrawal transaction from the customer via the operation display unit 6 (FIG. 1), the banknote denomination and the number of banknotes corresponding to the withdrawal amount designated by the customer are obtained. decide.
  • the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 then feeds out banknotes one by one from the banknote storages 28A to 28E according to the determined denomination and number, and conveys the banknotes to the discrimination unit 25.
  • the banknotes are transported from the banknote storages 28A to 28E of the lower unit 22 to the transport paths 24Ra to 24Re of the upper unit 21 through the delivery transport units 30A to 30E.
  • the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 transports banknotes determined to be normal banknotes by the discrimination unit 25 to the depositing / withdrawing unit 23, while temporarily regarding banknotes determined to be withdrawal reject banknotes that are not suitable for withdrawal. It is transported to the storage unit 26 and temporarily stored. And when the banknote for the amount of money specified by the customer is integrated
  • the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 conveys and stores the withdrawal reject banknotes stored in the temporary storage unit 26 to the rejection store 29. At this time, the banknote is transported from the transport path 24Rf of the upper unit 21 to the reject box 29 of the lower unit 22 through the delivery transport unit 30F. The above is the deposit processing and withdrawal processing in the banknote depositing and dispensing machine 10.
  • the structure of the delivery conveyance part 30 (30A-30F) and its peripheral part is demonstrated. Specifically, the peripheral portions of the delivery transport unit 30 (30A to 30F) are formed with lower end portions (transport paths 24Ra to 24Rf) of the transport unit 24 located above the delivery transport unit 30 (30A to 30F). Part), and the banknote storage 28 (28A to 28E) and the upper end of the reject storage 29 positioned below the delivery transport unit 30 (30A to 30F).
  • the delivery transport unit 30A Since the basic configuration of the delivery transport units 30A to 30F is the same, and the basic configuration of the peripheral parts of the delivery transport units 30A to 30F is also the same, here, as an example, the delivery transport unit 30A And about the structure of the lower end part (part in which conveyance path 24Ra is formed) of the conveyance part 24 located above the delivery conveyance part 30A, and the upper end part of the banknote storage 28A located below the delivery conveyance part 30A I will explain.
  • FIG. 3 shows a three-view diagram including a top view of the upper part of the banknote storage 28A as seen from above, a front view as seen from the front, and a side view as seen from the left.
  • the central portion 40C excluding both end portions 40L, 40R in the left-right direction (that is, the width direction) is formed one step lower than both end portions 40L, 40R.
  • a storage-side guide portion 41 that guides bills conveyed between the delivery conveyance portion 30A is provided.
  • the storage-side guide portion 41 has a front conveyance guide 42 disposed on the front side and a rear conveyance guide 43 disposed on the rear side.
  • the front conveyance guide 42 and the rear conveyance guide 43 are arranged with a predetermined interval (for example, 5 [mm]), and a gap is formed between the front conveyance guide 42 and the rear conveyance guide 43. .
  • This gap serves as a storage-side conveyance path 44 that conveys the bill in the up-down direction with the paper surface facing in the front-rear direction. That is, the storage-side transport path 44 has a transport direction in the vertical direction and a width direction in the left-right direction.
  • the rear conveyance guide 43 has a plurality of ribs 46 discretely along the left-right direction (the width direction of the storage-side conveyance path 44) at the upper end of the main body 45 having a flat front surface.
  • the gap 47 is disposed.
  • a plurality of types of ribs 46 having different lengths (that is, widths) in the left-right direction are disposed in the main body 45 in a predetermined order.
  • Each rib 46 is formed in a rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the positions of the front surface and the upper surface of each rib 46 are aligned.
  • the front surface of each rib 46 is continuous with the front surface of the main body 45, and the front upper end of the rib 46 has an inclined surface with corners cut off.
  • the front conveyance guide 42 has a symmetrical configuration with the rear conveyance guide 43. That is, the front conveyance guide 42 also has a plurality of ribs 46 that are arranged with a gap 47 formed at a predetermined interval along the left-right direction.
  • the front conveyance guide 42 and the rear conveyance guide 43 are arranged so that the opposed rear surface and front surface are parallel and the positions of the ribs 46 are aligned in the left-right direction and the vertical direction.
  • the rear surface of the front conveyance guide 42 and the front surface of the rear conveyance guide 43 that face each other are guide surfaces that guide bills. Further, the bottom surface of each gap 47 is flush with the upper surface of the central portion 40C of the banknote storage 28A.
  • the storage-side guide portion 41 includes a front conveyance guide 42 and a rear conveyance guide 43 and the lower groove 48.
  • the configuration of the upper end portion of the banknote storage 28A is as described above.
  • the configurations of the upper end portions of the other banknote storages 28B to 28E and the rejection store 29 are basically the same.
  • the storage-side guide portions 41 provided at the upper ends of the banknote storages 28A to 28E and the reject storage 29 have different positions in the front-rear direction, but have the same left-right position and vertical position. ing.
  • the lower end portion of the transport unit 24 located above the delivery transport unit 30 ⁇ / b> A has a central portion 60 ⁇ / b> C excluding both end portions 60 ⁇ / b> L and 60 ⁇ / b> R in the left-right direction (that is, the width direction). It is formed one step higher than 60R.
  • the conveyance part side guide part 61 which guides the banknote conveyed between 30 A of delivery conveyance parts at the back of this center part 60C is provided.
  • the conveyance part side guide part 61 has the front side conveyance guide 62 arrange
  • the front conveyance guide 62 and the rear conveyance guide 63 are arranged with a predetermined interval (for example, 5 [mm]), and the gap between the front conveyance guide 62 and the rear conveyance guide 63 is the paper surface of the banknote. It becomes the conveyance part side conveyance path 64 which conveys to the up-down direction toward the front-back direction. That is, the conveyance unit side conveyance path 64 has a vertical direction as a conveyance direction and a horizontal direction as a width direction. In addition, this conveyance part side conveyance path 64 is conveyance path 24Ra shown in FIG.
  • the rear conveyance guide 63 has a plurality of ribs 66 at the lower end of the main body portion 65 formed with a flat front surface along the left-right direction (the width direction of the conveyance-unit-side conveyance path 64) with a gap 67 left and right. Discretely arranged.
  • a plurality of types of ribs 66 having different lengths (that is, widths) in the left-right direction are arranged in the main body portion 65 in a predetermined order.
  • Each rib 66 is formed in a rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the positions of the front surface and the lower surface are aligned.
  • the front surface of each rib 66 is continuous with the front surface of the main body 65, and the front lower end of the rib 66 is an inclined surface with corners cut off.
  • the front conveyance guide 62 is symmetrical with the rear conveyance guide 63. That is, the front conveyance guide 62 also has a plurality of ribs 66 that are arranged with a gap 67 formed at a predetermined interval along the left-right direction.
  • the front conveyance guide 62 and the rear conveyance guide 63 are arranged so that the opposed rear surface and front surface are parallel, and the positions of the ribs 66 are aligned in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction.
  • the rear surface of the front conveyance guide 62 and the front surface of the rear conveyance guide 63 that face each other are guide surfaces that guide bills.
  • the ceiling surface of each gap 67 is flush with the lower surface of the central portion 60 ⁇ / b> C of the transport unit 24.
  • a groove 68 (referred to as an upper groove) is formed.
  • the upper groove 68 has a trapezoidal cross section viewed from the left-right direction.
  • the transport unit side guide unit 61 includes a front transport guide 62 and a rear transport guide 63 and the upper groove 68.
  • the configuration of the lower end portion (portion where the transport path 24Ra is formed) of the transport unit 24 positioned above the delivery transport unit 30A is as described above.
  • the configuration of the lower end portion (portion where the conveyance paths 24Rb to 24Rf are formed) of the conveyance unit 24 positioned above the other delivery conveyance units 30B to 30F is basically the same.
  • the conveyance unit side guide unit 61 provided above each of the delivery conveyance units 30A to 30F has a different position in the front-rear direction, but the position in the left-right direction and the position in the vertical direction are the same.
  • FIG. 5A and 5B are perspective views of the delivery transport unit 30A
  • FIG. 6A is a front view of the delivery transport unit 30A viewed from the front
  • FIG. 6B is a side view of the delivery transport unit 30A viewed from the left.
  • a delivery frame 80 described later is omitted.
  • the delivery transport unit 30A has a configuration in which each component is attached to a thin delivery frame 80.
  • the delivery frame 80 is provided on the upper surface of the safe housing 27. Attached to the inside of the hole. In the center of the delivery frame 80, a hole 80H extending in the left-right direction and penetrating in the up-down direction is formed. A delivery guide portion 81 is attached inside the hole 80H.
  • the delivery guide portion 81 has a front conveyance guide 82 positioned in front of the hole 80H and a rear conveyance guide 83 positioned in the rear of the hole 80H.
  • the front conveyance guide 82 is attached to the rear conveyance guide 83 so as to leave a gap with a predetermined interval (for example, 5 [mm]) between the front conveyance guide 82 and the rear conveyance guide 83.
  • This gap serves as a delivery conveyance path 84 that conveys the paper surface of the banknote in the front-rear direction and along the vertical direction. That is, in the delivery conveyance path 84, the vertical direction is the conveyance direction and the horizontal direction is the width direction.
  • the rear conveyance guide 83 has a length in the front-rear direction that is about one-third of the length in the front-rear direction of the hole 80H and about one-half of the length in the front-rear direction of the front conveyance guide 82.
  • the length of the direction is slightly longer than the length of the hole 80H in the up-down direction, and the length (width) in the left-right direction is slightly shorter than the length (width) in the left-right direction of the hole 80H. It is configured.
  • grooves 85G (FIG. 6B) extending in the front-rear direction are formed on the side surfaces of the left and right ends, and a columnar rotation shaft 80P fixed to the delivery frame 80 is inserted into the groove 85G. ing.
  • the rear conveyance guide 83 is moved forward and backward from the reference position shown in FIG. 6B with respect to the delivery frame 80 together with the front conveyance guide 82 while the delivery conveyance path 84 is formed between the rear conveyance guide 82 and the front conveyance guide 82. And can be rotated in the clockwise direction and the counterclockwise direction in FIG. 6B (ie, rotated) and tilted in the front-rear direction about the rotation shaft 80P. Note that rotation in one direction and the other direction is called rotation.
  • the delivery guide part 81 can slide the delivery conveyance path 84 in the front-rear direction from the reference position or tilt it in the front-rear direction.
  • the rear surface of the opposed front conveyance guide 82 and the front surface of the rear conveyance guide 83 are always parallel to each other and serve as guide surfaces for guiding bills.
  • the main body 85 of the rear conveyance guide 83 has a plurality of ribs 86L discretely arranged at the lower end along the left-right direction (width direction of the delivery conveyance path 84) with gaps 87L.
  • Each rib 86L is formed in a small rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the positions of the front surface and the lower surface are aligned with each other.
  • the positions and lengths of the ribs 86L in the left-right direction are determined in a complementary manner to the ribs 46 formed in the storage-side guide part 41 located below the delivery transport unit 30A.
  • each rib 86 ⁇ / b> L in the left-right direction provided at the lower end of the main body portion 85 correspond to each gap 47 of the storage-side guide portion 41 and are provided at the lower end of the main body portion 85.
  • the positions and lengths of the gaps 87L in the left-right direction correspond to the ribs 46 of the storage-side guide part 41, respectively.
  • the length of each rib 86L in the front-rear direction is substantially equal to each rib 46 of the storage-side guide portion 41.
  • the main body 85 of the rear conveyance guide 83 has a plurality of ribs 86U discretely arranged at the upper end along the left-right direction (width direction of the delivery conveyance path 84) with gaps 87U left and right. .
  • Each rib 86U is formed in a small rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the positions of the front surface and the lower surface are aligned with each other.
  • the positions and lengths of the ribs 86U in the left-right direction are determined in a complementary manner to the ribs 66 formed in the transport unit side guide unit 61 located above the delivery transport unit 30A.
  • each rib 86 ⁇ / b> U provided at the upper end of the main body portion 85 correspond to each gap 67 of the conveyance portion side guide portion 61 and are formed at the upper end of the main body portion 85.
  • the positions and lengths of the gaps 87U in the left-right direction correspond to the ribs 66 of the transport unit side guide unit 61, respectively.
  • the lengths of the ribs 86U in the front-rear direction are substantially equal to the ribs 66 of the transport unit side guide unit 61.
  • the front conveyance guide 82 has a length in the front-rear direction that is about twice that of the rear conveyance guide 83 (about two-thirds of the length in the front-rear direction of the hole 80H).
  • 83 is substantially symmetric with respect to the front and rear. That is, in the same manner as the rear conveyance guide 83, the front conveyance guide 82 has a plurality of ribs 96L arranged at the lower end of the main body portion 95 with a gap 97L discretely and a plurality of ribs at the upper end of the main body portion 95. 96U are discretely arranged with gaps 97U.
  • the positions and lengths of the lower ribs 96L in the left-right direction are determined in a complementary manner to the ribs 46 formed in the storage-side guide part 41 located below the delivery transport part 30A. Further, the length of each lower rib 96L in the front-rear direction is longer than that of each rib 46 of the storage-side guide portion 41.
  • the position and length of the upper ribs 96U in the left-right direction are determined in a complementary manner to the ribs 66 formed on the transport unit side guide unit 61 located above the delivery transport unit 30A. Further, the lengths of the upper ribs 96U in the front-rear direction are longer than the ribs 66 of the transport unit guide 61.
  • the delivery / conveyance unit 30A has the ribs 86L and 96L on the lower side as shown in FIG.
  • Each of the ribs 46 formed in the storage-side guide portion 41 is inserted into each of the clearances 87L and 97L on the lower side while entering the clearances 47 formed in the storage-side guide portion 41 of 28A. In this way, the delivery guide part 81 and the storage-side guide part 41 are connected.
  • the upper ribs 86U and 96U are formed on the transport unit side guide unit 61 of the transport unit 24.
  • the ribs 66 formed in the conveyance section side guide section 61 are inserted into the upper gaps 87U and 97U. In this way, the delivery guide part 81 and the transport part side guide part 61 are connected.
  • the delivery guide part 81, the storage side guide part 41, and the transport part side guide part 61 are connected, so that the upper end of the delivery transport path 84 of the delivery transport part 30A is on the transport part side on the upper unit 21 side.
  • the lower end of the transport path 64 (that is, the transport path 24Ra) is connected, and the lower end of the delivery transport path 84 is connected to the upper end of the storage case side transport path 44 on the banknote storage 28A side.
  • the delivery conveyance unit 30A has ribs on the front side (that is, the side opposite to the guide surface) inside the ribs 96U on the left and right ends of the upper ribs 96U provided on the front conveyance guide 82.
  • a disk-shaped roller (which is referred to as an upper roller) 100U thinner than 96U is partly upward (ie, from a hole provided on the front side of the upper surface of the rib 96U (that is, the surface facing the conveyance unit side guide unit 61) (that is, It is attached so as to protrude (to the conveying section side guide section 61 side).
  • the ribs 96U at the left and right ends have the same structure, and the left and right upper rollers 100U have the same structure.
  • FIG. 7A shows a side view of the front conveyance guide 82 as viewed from the left.
  • This side view is a view in which the inside is exposed in order to facilitate understanding of the internal configuration of the front conveyance guide 82.
  • FIG. 8A shows a side view of the rib 96U to which the upper roller 100U is attached as viewed from the left, and a JJ cross-sectional view as viewed from the rear.
  • sliding grooves 101U extending in the vertical direction are formed on the left and right side surfaces inside the rib 96U to which the upper roller 100U is attached.
  • the upper roller 100U is assembled to a U-shaped sliding member 102 obtained by bending a rod-shaped member into a U-shape. Specifically, the upper roller 100U is assembled to the sliding member 102 by inserting one of the two opposing shafts 102A and 102B (the shaft 102A) of the sliding member 102 into a hole penetrating the rotation center. ing.
  • the sliding member 102 assembled with the upper roller 100U is placed on the left and right side surfaces inside the rib 96U with the one shaft 102A inserted into the upper roller 100U being the upper side and the other shaft 102B being the lower side. It is inserted into the provided sliding groove 101U.
  • the sliding groove 101U has an upper end extending to the upper surface of the rib 96U and a lower end extending to the main body 95.
  • the tip portions of the two shafts 102A and 102B are inserted into one of the sliding grooves 101U provided on both the left and right side surfaces, and an intermediate portion 102C connecting the two shafts 102A and 102B is formed.
  • the other sliding groove 101U is inserted.
  • the upper roller 100U is slidable in the vertical direction, and is held by the rib 96U in a state of being rotatable about a rotation shaft (shaft 102A) parallel to the width direction of the delivery conveyance unit 30A. Has been.
  • the delivery conveyance unit 30A also has a lower roller 100L similar to the upper roller 100U on the front side (that is, the side opposite to the guide surface) of the ribs 96L on the lower left and right ends provided in the front conveyance guide 82. Is attached.
  • the left and right ribs 96L have the same structure, and the left and right lower rollers 100L have the same structure.
  • the lower ribs 96L on the left and right ends have a vertically symmetrical structure with the upper ribs 96U on the left and right ends.
  • the lower roller 100L is also assembled to the sliding member 102 in the same manner as the upper roller 100U, and the sliding member 102 is a sliding groove extending in the vertical direction provided on the left and right side surfaces inside the rib 96L.
  • the sliding member 102 is a sliding groove extending in the vertical direction provided on the left and right side surfaces inside the rib 96L.
  • the front conveyance guide 82 has torsion springs 103 incorporated in the left and right ends, respectively.
  • the torsion spring 103 has a winding portion 103A in which the central axis direction is parallel to the width direction of the delivery conveyance portion 30A inside the main body portion 95.
  • the upper arm 103U (referred to as the upper arm) extends in the direction from the main body 95 into the rib 96U to which the upper roller 100U is attached, and the lower arm (this is the lower arm).
  • 103L extends from the main body portion 95 into the rib 96L to which the lower roller 100L is attached.
  • the torsion spring 103 is fixed to the main body portion 95 by sandwiching the front side and the rear side of the winding portion 103A between the spring holding members 104. Then, as shown in FIG. 8A, the torsion spring 103 is inserted at the tip of the upper arm 103U between the lower end of the upper roller 100U and the lower shaft 102B of the sliding member 102 that supports the upper roller 100U. Similarly, the tip of the lower arm 103L is inserted between the lower end of the lower roller 100L and the upper shaft 102B of the sliding member 102 that supports the lower roller 100L.
  • the torsion spring 103 incorporated in the front conveyance guide 82 generates a biasing force in a direction to open the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L. Therefore, the upper roller 100U is urged upward (that is, the conveyance unit side guide unit 61 side) by the upper arm 103U, and the lower roller 100L is moved downward (that is, the storage unit side guide unit 41 side) by the lower arm 103L. Be energized.
  • the diameters of the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L of the torsion spring 103 are sufficiently narrower than the axial lengths (that is, the widths) of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L.
  • an upper stopper 105U that defines the position of the upper arm 103U is provided inside the rib 96U to which the upper roller 100U is attached, and the rib 96L to which the lower roller 100L is attached. Is provided with a lower stopper 105L for defining the position of the lower arm 103L.
  • the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L are stoppers that regulate the opening amount of the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L, and are integrally molded with the rib 96U and the rib 96L, for example.
  • the torsion spring 103 is configured so that the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103U are in contact with the upper arm 103U when the upper arm 103U contacts the upper stopper 105U and the lower arm 103L contacts the lower stopper 105L.
  • the state in which the vertical distance from the arm 103L is the most open (that is, the amount of opening is maximized) is obtained.
  • the upward protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U is maximized, and the downward protrusion amount of the lower roller 100L is maximized.
  • the upper arm 103U that has entered between the upper roller 100U and the sliding member 102 comes into contact with the shaft 102B of the sliding member 102, so that the sliding member 102 slides upward (in the protruding direction).
  • the lower arm 103L restricts the lower roller 100L from sliding downward (in the protruding direction) of the sliding member 102. Thereby, the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L do not protrude any more.
  • the upper stopper 105U, the lower stopper 105L, the upper arm 103U, and the lower arm 103L restrict the sliding of the sliding member 102 in the protruding direction, and thereby the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L
  • the amount of protrusion is regulated.
  • the angles of the contact surfaces of the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L that contact the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L are the same as the upper arm 103U and the lower stopper 105A when they contact the contact surface.
  • the angle substantially coincides with the angle of the side arm 103L.
  • the upper roller 100U includes a sliding shaft 101B in which a lower shaft 102B that supports the upper roller 100U is formed in the rib 96U.
  • the upward protrusion is minimized.
  • the lower roller 100L moves downward when the upper shaft 102B of the sliding member 102 supporting the lower roller 100L comes into contact with the upper end of the sliding groove 101L formed in the rib 96L. The amount of protrusion is minimized.
  • the torsion spring 103 is in a state in which the vertical distance between the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L is most closed.
  • the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L are slidable in the vertical direction within a predetermined range.
  • the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L are offset (that is, shifted) in the central axis direction of the winding portion 103A (referred to as the winding axis direction). Therefore, in order to urge the upper roller 100U by the upper arm 103U and urge the lower roller 100L by the lower arm 103L, as shown in FIG. 6A, an upper side provided at the left end of the front conveyance guide 82 is used.
  • the positions of the roller 100U and the lower roller 100L and the positions of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L provided at the right end are respectively set in the offset direction of the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L (the width direction of the front conveyance guide 82).
  • the upper and lower ribs 96U and the lower left and right ribs 96L of the front conveyance guide 82 are shifted in the width direction in accordance with the offset between the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L.
  • the positions of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L at the left and right ends are shifted in the offset direction.
  • the delivery conveyance section 30A also has the upper and lower ribs 86U and the lower left and right ribs 86L displaced in the width direction so that the rear conveyance guide 83 is also symmetrical with the front conveyance guide 82 in the front-rear direction. Placed in position.
  • the configuration of the delivery conveyance unit 30A is as described above.
  • the delivery conveying unit 30A is configured such that the lower rollers 100L positioned at the lower left and right ends of the delivery guide unit 81 are fitted in the lower grooves 48 of the left and right ends of the storage-side guide unit 41, thereby delivering the delivery guide unit 81. And a position in the front-rear direction between the storage unit side guide part 41 and the storage unit side guide part 41.
  • the delivery conveyance unit 30A is configured so that the upper rollers 100U located on the left and right ends on the upper side of the delivery guide unit 81 are fitted in the upper grooves 68 on the left and right ends of the delivery unit side guide unit 61.
  • a position in the front-rear direction between the conveyance unit side guide unit 61 is defined.
  • the other delivery / conveyance units 30B to 30F have basically the same configuration.
  • the delivery guide portions 81 included in the delivery transport units 30A to 30F have different positions in the front-rear direction, but have the same horizontal position and vertical position.
  • the upper unit 21 is pulled out from the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20 to the rear (that is, the direction orthogonal to the conveying direction and the width direction of the delivery conveying path 84), and the lower unit 22 is pulled out from the depositing / dispensing device housing 20 to the rear.
  • the delivery transport unit 30 (30A to 30F) is slidable in the front-rear direction (that is, the pull-out direction and the storage direction) with respect to the safe casing 27, and is centered on a rotation shaft 80P parallel to the left-right direction. It is in a rotatable state. Further, in the delivery / conveyance unit 30 (30A to 30F), the upward protrusion amount of the two left and right upper rollers 100U and the downward protrusion amount of the two left and right lower rollers 100L are maximum.
  • the upper unit 21 in order to store the upper unit 21 inside the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20, the upper unit 21 is pushed forward from the rear of the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20 toward the inside of the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20. Let's go. Then, in the six delivery conveyance sections 30 (30A to 30F), the two left and right upper rollers 100U are respectively fitted to and detached from the two left and right upper grooves 68 of the six conveyance section side guide sections 61. Is repeated (the upper roller 100U of the front delivery conveyance unit 30F is only fitted). Finally, the six delivery conveyance units 30A to 30F are fitted into the two left and right upper grooves 68 of the six conveyance unit side guides 61 by the two right and left upper rollers 100U. Match.
  • the six transport unit side guides 61 provided at the lower end of the upper unit 21 are positioned above the six transport units 30A to 30F, respectively. A position in the front-rear direction is defined.
  • the six conveyance unit side guides 61 provided at the lower end of the upper unit 21 are connected to each of the six delivery conveyance units 30A to 30F.
  • the lower unit 22 is pushed forward from the rear of the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20 into the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20. .
  • the six delivery conveyance units 30A to 30F are respectively provided with two left and right lower rollers 100L respectively corresponding to the left and right two of the six storage side guides 41.
  • the fitting and the detachment with respect to the lower groove 48 are repeated (the lower roller 100L of the foremost delivery conveyance unit 30F is only fitted).
  • the two left and right lower rollers 100L respectively enter the two left and right lower grooves 48 of the six storage side guides 41. Mating.
  • the six storage side guides 41 provided at the upper portions of the banknote storage 28 (28A to 28E) and the reject storage 29 are respectively below the six delivery transport units 30A to 30F.
  • the positions in the front-rear direction of the delivery transport units 30A to 30F are defined.
  • the six storage-side guides 41 provided on the respective upper portions of the banknote storage 28 (28A to 28E) and the reject storage 29 are connected to the six delivery transport units 30A to 30F, respectively.
  • the positions of the six conveyance unit side guide units 61 are set to the six delivery conveyance units 30A to 30F. There may be a case where the position is shifted in the front-rear direction from directly above the delivery guide portion 81 at the reference position.
  • the positions of the six storage side guides 41 are set to the respective delivery delivery units 30A to 30F. There may be a case where it is displaced in the front-rear direction from directly below the delivery guide portion 81 at the reference position.
  • the delivery / conveyance unit 30 (30A to 30F) has a function of the delivery / conveyance unit 30 (30A to 30F) even if the position of the conveyance unit side guide unit 61 and the position of the storage case side guide unit 41 are shifted in the front-rear direction.
  • the delivery conveyance path 84 can be connected to the conveyance section side conveyance path 64 of the conveyance section side guide section 61 and the storage case side conveyance path 44 of the storage section side guide section 41.
  • the delivery conveyance unit 30 (30A to 30F) can slide the delivery guide unit 81 in the front-rear direction from the reference position shown in FIG. 6B and can rotate about the rotation shaft 80P to move in the front-rear direction.
  • the delivery conveyance path 84 extending in the vertical direction can be slid in the front-rear direction or tilted in the front-rear direction.
  • the delivery unit 30A of the conveyance unit side guide unit 61 When the upper roller 100U that has entered the upper groove 68 is pulled forward, the delivery guide portion 81 follows the conveying portion side guide portion 61 and slides forward, or tilts forward or slides forward and forwards. Lean on. Thereby, the delivery conveyance path 84 of the delivery conveyance unit 30 ⁇ / b> A is connected to the conveyance unit side conveyance path 64 of the conveyance unit side guide unit 61.
  • the delivery conveyance unit 30A has a lower groove in the storage-side guide part 41.
  • the delivery guide part 81 slides backward following the storage-side guide part 41 by being pulled backward, or tilts backward or slides backward, and Tilt backwards.
  • the delivery conveyance path 84 of the delivery conveyance unit 30 ⁇ / b> A is connected to the storage-side conveyance path 44 of the storage-side guide unit 41.
  • the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 of the automatic teller machine 1 includes the transport unit 24 disposed above the safe housing 27 on the upper surface of the safe housing 27.
  • a delivery conveyance unit 30 (30A to 30F) for transferring banknotes between the banknote storage 28 (28A to 28E) and the reject storage 29 arranged in the front-rear direction inside the safe housing 27 is provided in the front-rear direction. A plurality were provided at intervals.
  • a delivery guide portion 81 that is slidable in the front-rear direction and rotatable so as to tilt in the front-rear direction is provided in the delivery transport unit 30 (30A-30F).
  • 100U is provided
  • a lower roller 100L urged so as to protrude downward from the lower surface of the rib 96L is provided in each of the two ribs 96L located at the left and right ends of the lower side of the front conveyance guide 82.
  • the lower end of the transport unit 24 located above the delivery transport unit 30 (30A to 30F) (that is, the upper end side of the delivery transport path 84) is connected to the delivery guide unit 81 of the delivery transport unit 30 (30A to 30F).
  • a plurality of conveying unit side guide units 61 to be connected are provided at intervals in the front-rear direction.
  • two left and right upper grooves 68 into which the two left and right upper rollers 100U provided in each of the delivery conveyance sections 30 (30A to 30F) are fitted are provided in each of the plurality of conveyance section side guide sections 61. .
  • the upper ends of the banknote storage 28 (28A to 28E) and the reject storage 29 located below the delivery transport unit 30 (30A to 30F) are provided with a delivery transport unit.
  • a storage-side guide portion 41 that is connected to 30 (30A to 30F) delivery guide portions 81 is provided.
  • the left and right two lower grooves 48 in which the left and right two lower rollers 100L provided in each of the delivery / conveyance sections 30 (30A to 30F) are fitted are provided in the storage-side guide section 41.
  • the positions of the transport unit side guide unit 61 and the storage unit side guide unit 41 are changed to the delivery guide unit. Even if it is displaced in the front-rear direction from directly above 81, the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L of the delivery guide part 81 are respectively connected to the upper groove 68 on the conveyance part side guide part 61 side and the container side guide part 41 side. As the delivery guide portion 81 slides in the front-rear direction or tilts in the front-rear direction as it fits into the lower groove 48, the delivery guide portion 81 is moved to the transport-side guide portion 61 and the storage-side guide portion 41. It can be made to follow and connect with these.
  • the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 has the delivery conveyance path 84 formed by the delivery guide part 81 even if the conveyance part side guide part 61 and the storage part side guide part 41 are displaced in the front-rear direction with respect to the delivery guide part 81. Can be reliably connected to the transport section side transport path 64 formed by the transport section side guide section 61 and the storage section transport path 44 formed by the storage section guide section 41.
  • the banknote depositing and dispensing machine 10 includes two upper rollers 100U and two lower rollers 100L provided in the delivery guide portion 81, two upper grooves 68 provided in the conveyance portion side guide portion 61, and storage.
  • the two lower grooves 48 provided in the warehouse-side guide portion 41 are all disposed inside both ends of the delivery guide portion 81 in the left-right direction (that is, the width direction). For this reason, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 has a separate mechanism for causing the delivery guide unit 81 to follow the transport unit side guide unit 61 and the storage unit side guide unit 41 on the outer side in the width direction of the delivery guide unit 81 as in the past.
  • the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 can reduce the size of the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20 as compared with the conventional case, and the apparatus housing 2 of the automatic teller machine 1 can be miniaturized accordingly. it can.
  • the delivery conveying unit 30 uses the torsion spring 103 as a biasing member that biases the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L.
  • the torsion spring 103 is compared with another urging member (for example, a coil spring)
  • the torsion spring 103 is compared with a coil spring that generates the same urging force, the distance between the end points when compressed (that is, the upper roller).
  • the distance between the portion in contact with 100U and the portion in contact with lower roller 100L can be reduced.
  • the delivery conveyance unit 30 uses the torsion spring 103 to move the upper and lower rollers 100U and the lower roller 100L closer to each other (in the case of FIG. 7B) than in the case where other urging members are used.
  • the direction interval can be narrowed.
  • the delivery conveyance unit 30 secures the stroke of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L, and the distance between the upper end of the upper rib 96L and the upper end of the lower rib 96U (that is, the length of the delivery conveyance path 84). ) Can be shortened.
  • the delivery conveyance part 30 does not have conveyance mechanisms, such as a roller, the length of the delivery conveyance path 84 has a restriction
  • the torsion spring 103 has a rod-shaped portion that contacts the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L (that is, the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L), its diameter is easier than the width of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L. Can be narrowed.
  • the coil spring when a coil spring is used as the biasing member, for example, the coil spring has a generally cylindrical shape, and therefore, the diameters of the portions in contact with the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L are set to the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L. It is difficult to make it narrower than the width.
  • the widths of the rib 96U and the rib 96L to which the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L are attached are larger than when the torsion spring 103 is used.
  • the width of the rib 96U and the rib 96L is large, as a matter of course, the width of the gap 67 of the conveyance unit side guide unit 61 and the gap 47 of the storage unit side guide unit 41 facing the rib 96U and rib 96L must be increased. I must.
  • the widths of the gap 67 and the gap 47 are increased, the cuts and corners of the bills easily enter the gap 67 and the gap 47. As a result, the probability of occurrence of a jam (banknote jam) in the delivery conveyance path 84. Will go up.
  • the delivery conveying unit 30 can easily narrow the width of the rib 96L and the rib 96U by using the torsion spring 103 as compared with the case of using other urging members. It is also possible to prevent the occurrence of jam in the path 84.
  • the delivery conveyance unit 30 can shorten the length of the delivery conveyance path 84 while ensuring the strokes of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L by using the torsion spring 103, and the delivery conveyance path 84 can be provided within the delivery conveyance path 84. Jam can be prevented from occurring.
  • the upper arm 103U contacts the bottom of the groove 110 of the upper roller 100U and urges the upper roller 100U upward.
  • the groove 110 of the upper roller 100U has a width slightly larger than the diameter of the upper arm 103U. For this reason, the upper arm 103U can urge the upper roller 100U upward without preventing the rotation of the upper roller 100U.
  • the lower arm 103L contacts the bottom of the groove 110 of the lower roller 100L and urges the lower roller 100L downward.
  • the groove 110 of the lower roller 100L is also formed with a width slightly larger than the diameter of the lower arm 103L. For this reason, the lower arm 103L can also urge the lower roller 100L downward without preventing the rotation of the lower roller 100L.
  • the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L enter the respective grooves 110 of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L, the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L are connected to the lower end of the upper roller 100U and It can be prevented that the lower roller 100L is displaced laterally from the upper end of the lower roller 100L.
  • the torsion springs 103 are provided inside the left and right ends of the front conveyance guide 82.
  • the left and right end portions of the front conveyance guide 82 are held on the guide surface side (rear side) guide surface forming component 82A and on the opposite side (front side) of the guide surface. It may be divided into parts 82B, and the winding portion 103A of the torsion spring 103 may be sandwiched and fixed between the guide surface forming part 82A and the roller holding part 82B.
  • the guide surface forming component 82A is a component that forms the guide surface of the delivery conveyance path 84.
  • the rear portion of the rib 96U to which the upper roller 100U is attached, the rear portion of the rib 96L to which the lower roller 100L is attached, and these The rear part of the main body part 95 located between the two is integrally molded.
  • the guide surface forming component 82A is provided at the rear portion of the guide surface (that is, the side facing the roller holding component 82B) in the vertical center portion (the portion corresponding to the main body portion 95) at the rear portion of the winding portion 103A of the torsion spring 103.
  • a rear spring holding member 120 is formed to hold the spring.
  • the roller holding component 82B is a component that holds the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L.
  • the roller holding component 82B is a front part of the rib 96U to which the upper roller 100U is attached and a front part of the rib 96L to which the lower roller 100L is attached. And the front part of the main body part 95 located between these parts are integrally molded.
  • This roller holding component 82B has the front portion of the winding portion 103A of the torsion spring 103 at the center portion (the portion corresponding to the main body portion 95) in the vertical direction on the rear side (that is, the side facing the guide surface forming component 82A).
  • a front spring holding member 121 for holding is formed.
  • the roller holding component 82B is formed with holes 122 for inserting the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L on the upper side and the lower side of the front spring holding member 121, respectively.
  • the torsion spring 103 is assembled by inserting the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L of the torsion spring 103 into the upper and lower holes 122 and holding the winding portion 103A on the front spring holding member 121. .
  • the upper arm 103U is inserted between the upper roller 100U and the sliding member 102
  • the lower arm 103L is inserted between the lower roller 100L and the sliding member 102.
  • the roller holding part 82B assembled with the torsion spring 103 in this way is attached to the guide surface forming part 82A.
  • the winding portion 103A of the torsion spring 103 is sandwiched between the rear spring holding member 120 of the guide surface forming component 82A and the front spring holding member 121 of the roller holding component 82B.
  • the torsion spring 103 sandwiched between the rear spring holding member 120 and the front spring holding member 121 has an upper arm 103U to project the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L upward and downward, respectively.
  • the winding portion 103A tries to move forward by the repulsive force of the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L, but the front spring holding member 121 is positioned on the front side of the winding portion 103A. To move forward.
  • the torsion spring 103 is wound by the repulsive force of the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L.
  • the turning portion 103A tries to move backward, but the rear spring holding member 120 is positioned on the rear side of the winding portion 103A, and therefore does not move backward.
  • At least one of the guide surface forming component 82A and the roller holding component 82B includes a spring holding member that holds the left and right ends of the winding portion 103A of the torsion spring 103 inside. Is provided. Therefore, the torsion spring 103 is sandwiched between the guide surface forming component 82A and the roller holding component 82B, so that the position in the left-right direction is also fixed in addition to the front-rear direction.
  • the front conveyance guide 82 can be assembled simply by attaching the roller holding component 82B to which the torsion spring 103 is assembled to the guide surface forming component 82A, so that the assembly is facilitated. Further, since the winding portion 103A of the torsion spring 103 is sandwiched back and forth, even if the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L are opened and closed, the position of the winding portion 103A does not shift. Therefore, for example, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the portion of the upper arm 103U that contacts the upper roller 100U is displaced in the front-rear direction and the urging force is changed, or the upper arm 103U is detached from the upper roller 100U.
  • grooves 110 are formed along the circumferential direction on the outer peripheral surfaces of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L, and the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L are placed inside the groove 110. You may do it.
  • This second exemplary embodiment is an exemplary embodiment in which the configuration of the front conveyance guide is different from that of the first exemplary embodiment. Therefore, here, mainly the configuration of the front conveyance guide will be described, and the configuration other than the front conveyance guide will be omitted as appropriate.
  • FIG. 11A and 11B show a front view and a side view of the front conveyance guide 200 of the second exemplary embodiment.
  • the front conveyance guide 200 has a plurality of ribs 96L discretely arranged at the lower end of the main body portion 95 with gaps 97L, and the main body portion 95.
  • a plurality of ribs 96U are discretely arranged at the upper end of the plate with a gap 97U.
  • the front conveyance guide 200 has the upper rollers 100U attached to the upper ribs 96U at the left and right ends, and the lower rollers 96L to the lower ribs 96L. 100L is attached.
  • the upper roller 100U is different from the first exemplary embodiment, as shown in the perspective view of FIG. 12 in addition to FIGS. 11A and 11B.
  • the rotation shaft 201 is provided and is inserted into a sliding groove 202U extending in the vertical direction provided on the left and right side surfaces inside the upper rib 96U.
  • the sliding groove 202U has an upper end extending to the vicinity of the upper surface of the rib 96U and a lower end extending to the main body 95.
  • the upper end of the sliding groove 202U functions in the same manner as the upper stopper 105U (FIGS. 7A and 7B) of the front conveyance guide 82.
  • the upper roller 100U has the maximum protrusion amount from the upper surface of the rib 96U when the rotating shaft 201 contacts the upper end of the sliding groove 202U, and the minimum protrusion amount when it contacts the lower end of the sliding groove 202U. .
  • the upper roller 100U is slidable in the vertical direction within a predetermined range, and is rotatable on the rib 96U in a state where the upper roller 100U is rotatable around the rotation shaft 201 parallel to the width direction of the delivery conveyance unit 30A. Is retained.
  • the lower roller 100L is provided with a rotation shaft 201, and the rotation shaft 201 is inserted into sliding grooves 202L provided on the left and right side surfaces inside the lower rib 96L.
  • the rib 96L is held in a state in which it can slide in the vertical direction within a predetermined range and can rotate around the rotation shaft 201 parallel to the width direction of the delivery conveyance unit 30A.
  • the front conveyance guide 200 is composed of a guide surface forming component 200A and a roller holding component 200B as in the second modification of the first exemplary embodiment, and the upper roller 100U, A lower roller 100L and sliding grooves 202U and 202L are provided. As shown in FIG. 13, grooves 110 into which the tip portions of the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L of the torsion spring 203 are respectively formed are formed on the outer peripheral surfaces of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L.
  • the front conveyance guide 200 is fixed by sandwiching the winding portion 203A of the torsion spring 203 between the guide surface forming component 200A and the roller holding component 200B.
  • the torsion spring 203 is different from the torsion spring 103 of the first exemplary embodiment in that the distal end portion (the portion that comes into contact with the upper roller 100U) 203Ua of the upper arm 203U is against the root portion 203Ub.
  • the winding portion 203A is offset toward the center in the winding axis direction
  • the tip portion (the portion that comes into contact with the lower roller 100L) 203La of the lower arm 203L is wound around the root portion 203Lb by the winding portion 203A.
  • the shape is offset toward the center in the axial direction.
  • the upper arm 203U includes a root portion 203Ub extending from one end in the winding axis direction of the winding portion 203A in a direction orthogonal to the winding axis direction, and parallel to the root portion 203Ub and wound by the winding portion 203A.
  • a distal end portion 203Ua extending along an imaginary center line S passing through the axial center and an intermediate portion 203Uc positioned between the root portion 203Ub and the distal end portion 203Ua are formed in a substantially crank shape.
  • the lower arm 203L has a root portion 203Lb extending from the other end in the winding axis direction of the winding portion 203A in a direction orthogonal to the winding axis direction, a tip portion 203La extending along the virtual center line S, It is formed in a substantially crank shape by an intermediate portion 203Lc located between them.
  • the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L are offset so that the positions of the distal end portions 203Ua and 203La in the winding axis direction coincide with (or substantially coincide with) the center of the winding portion 203A in the winding axis direction.
  • the offset amount of the upper arm 203U and the offset amount of the lower arm 203L are both about half the length of the winding portion 203A in the winding axis direction.
  • the guide surface forming component 200A is arranged on the rear side of the guide surface (that is, the side facing the roller holding component 200B) on the rear side at the center portion (the portion corresponding to the main body portion 95).
  • a spring holding member 204 is formed.
  • a front spring holding member 205 is formed in a central portion (portion corresponding to the main body portion 95) in the vertical direction on the rear side (that is, the side facing the guide surface forming component 200A).
  • roller holding component 200B is formed with an upper hole 206U into which the upper arm 203U is inserted and a lower hole 206L into which the lower arm 203L is inserted on the upper side and the lower side of the front spring holding member 205, respectively.
  • the upper hole 206U has a quadrangular shape, and the upper arm 203U is offset in the winding axis direction (that is, the left-right direction). Therefore, the length in the left-right direction is at least the tip portion 203Ua of the upper arm 203U and the root portion. It is larger than the offset amount of 203 Ub. Further, the vertical length of the upper hole 206U is a length corresponding to the movable range of the upper arm 203U in the vertical direction.
  • the lower hole 206L also has the same shape and size as the upper hole 206U.
  • the roller holding component 200B inserts the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L of the torsion spring 203 into the upper hole 206U and the lower hole 206L, and holds the winding part 203A on the front spring holding member 205, whereby the torsion spring 203 is assembled.
  • the upper arm 203U is placed in the groove 110 of the upper roller 100U
  • the lower arm 203L is placed in the groove 110 of the lower roller 100L.
  • the roller holding component 200B assembled with the torsion spring 203 in this way is attached to the guide surface forming component 200A.
  • the winding portion 203A of the torsion spring 203 is sandwiched between the rear spring holding member 204 of the guide surface forming component 200A and the front spring holding member 205 of the roller holding component 200B, so that The position is fixed.
  • the torsion spring 203 is configured such that the tip portions 203Ua and 203La of the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L are offset toward the center in the winding axis direction of the winding portion 203A with respect to the root portions 203Ub and 203Lb. is doing.
  • the front conveyance guide 200 matches the positions of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L without shifting in the left-right direction (the width direction of the front conveyance guide 82). Be able to.
  • the front conveyance guide 200 has a vertically symmetrical shape in which the left and right ribs 96U and the lower ribs 96L are aligned in the left-right direction. Yes.
  • the configuration of the front conveyance guide 200 is as described above.
  • the left and right ribs 86U and the lower left and right ribs 86L are aligned in the left-right direction so that the rear conveyance guide 83 is also symmetrical with the front conveyance guide 82 in the front-rear direction.
  • movement of the delivery conveyance part 30A which has such a front side conveyance guide 200 and the back side conveyance guide 83, etc. are the same as 1st exemplary embodiment, description is abbreviate
  • the tip portions 203Ua and 203La of the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L are the root portions as the biasing members that bias the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L.
  • the torsion spring 203 offset to the center side in the winding axis direction of the winding portion 203A with respect to 203Ub and 203Lb was used.
  • the left and right direction (delivery conveyance path) of the upper roller 100U biased upward by the tip end portion 203Ua of the upper arm 203U and the lower roller 100L biased downward by the tip end portion 203La of the lower arm 203L. 84 in the width direction) can be matched.
  • the torsion spring 103 is rotated by this rotational moment, the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L are disengaged from the grooves 110 of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L, and the front conveyance guide 82 is broken.
  • the rear spring holding member 120, the front spring holding member 121, and the like holding the winding portion 103A with high accuracy, and manufacturing. This leads to an increase in cost.
  • the torsion spring 203 used in the second exemplary embodiment it is possible to eliminate the offset in the winding axis direction between the tip portion 203Ua of the upper arm 203U and the tip portion 203La of the lower arm 203L. Even if the arm 203U and the lower arm 203L are opened and closed (that is, opened and compressed), no rotational moment is generated.
  • the front conveyance guide 200 of the second exemplary embodiment can reduce the failure probability and the manufacturing cost as compared with the front conveyance guide 82 of the first exemplary embodiment. That is, in the second exemplary embodiment, in addition to the same effects as the first exemplary embodiment, the failure probability of the front conveyance guide 200 can be reduced, and the manufacturing cost can be suppressed.
  • the roller holding component 200B is provided with the square upper hole 206U and the lower hole 206L into which the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L are inserted, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the roller holding component 200B may be provided with an L-shaped upper hole 210U and a lower hole 210L instead of the rectangular upper hole 205U and the lower hole 205L.
  • 16A is a perspective view of the roller holding component 200B
  • FIG. 16B is a rear view of the roller holding component 200B as viewed from behind.
  • the upper hole 210U into which the upper arm 203U is inserted is formed on the upper side of the front spring holding member 205, and is one end side in the left-right direction of the front spring holding member 205 (that is, the winding portion 203A held by the front spring holding member 205).
  • 210Ua extending upward from the upper arm 203U side) (referred to as a vertical portion)
  • 210Ub extending from one end to the other end in the left-right direction of the front spring holding member 205 (referred to as a horizontal portion) 210Ub Therefore, it is formed in an L shape as a whole.
  • the horizontal portion 210Ub of the upper hole 210U has a length in the left-right direction that is at least larger than the offset amount of the tip portion 203Ua and the root portion 203Ub of the upper arm 203U. Further, the vertical portion 210Ua of the upper hole 210U has a length in the left-right direction slightly larger than the diameter of the upper arm 203U, and the length in the vertical direction is a length corresponding to the movable range in the vertical direction of the upper arm 203U. ing.
  • the lower hole 210L into which the lower arm 203L is inserted is formed on the lower side of the front spring holding member 205 and is held by the other end in the left-right direction of the front spring holding member 205 (that is, held by the front spring holding member 205).
  • the horizontal portion 210Lb of the lower hole 210L has a length in the left-right direction that is at least larger than the offset amount of the tip portion 203La and the root portion 203Lb of the lower arm 203L. Further, the vertical portion 210La of the lower hole 210L has a length in the left-right direction slightly larger than the diameter of the lower arm 203L, and the length in the vertical direction corresponds to the movable range in the vertical direction of the lower arm 203L. It is length.
  • the torsion spring 203 When the torsion spring 203 is attached to the roller holding component 200B having the L-shaped upper hole 210U and the lower hole 210L, first, the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L are closed so as to be substantially parallel. . Accordingly, the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L can be inserted into the horizontal portions 210Ub and 210Lb of the upper hole 210U and the lower hole 210L, respectively.
  • the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L are inserted into the horizontal portions 210Ub and 210Lb of the upper hole 210U and the lower hole 210L, respectively. Then, when the upper arm 203U and the base portions 203Ub and 203Lb of the lower arm 203L are inserted into the horizontal portions 210Ub and 210Lb of the upper hole 210U and the lower hole 210L, the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L are opened.
  • the base portions 203Ub and 203Lb of the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L enter the vertical portions 210Ua and 210La of the upper hole 210U and the lower hole 210L, and the tip portions 203Ua and 203La of the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L
  • the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L abut.
  • the roller holding component 200B can prevent the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L of the torsion spring 203 from coming off from the grooves 110 of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L in the left-right direction.
  • the roller holding component 200B cannot be removed unless the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L are closed until they are substantially parallel. For this reason, for example, the roller holding component 200B can prevent the torsion spring 203 from falling off when the roller holding component 200B is attached to the guide surface forming component 200A, and can be easily attached to the guide surface forming component 200A.
  • the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L are each provided with the rotation shaft 201, and the rotation shaft 201 is formed on both the left and right side surfaces inside the roller holding component 200B.
  • the sliding grooves 202U and 202L are inserted.
  • the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L are assembled to the sliding member 102, and the sliding member 102 is formed on the left and right side surfaces inside the roller holding component 200B. You may make it insert in the sliding grooves 101U and 101L.
  • the torsion spring 203 of the second exemplary embodiment may be provided in place of the torsion spring 103 in the front conveyance guide 82 of the first exemplary embodiment.
  • the lower roller 100L is positioned directly below the upper roller 100U, as shown in FIG. 17, the left and right upper sliding grooves 101U on which the upper roller 100U slides and the lower roller 100L slide on each other.
  • the left and right sliding grooves 101 ⁇ / b> L that move are connected in the vertical direction to form one sliding groove 101 on each side. Accordingly, the sliding member 102 of the upper roller 100U and the sliding member 102 of the lower roller 100L are inserted into the same sliding groove 101.
  • the lower end of the sliding member 102 of the upper roller 100U and the upper end of the sliding member 102 of the lower roller 100L abut at the center in the vertical direction of the left and right sliding grooves 101.
  • the upward protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U and the downward protrusion amount of the lower roller 100L are minimized.
  • This third exemplary embodiment is an exemplary embodiment in which the configuration of the roller holding component is different from the second exemplary embodiment. Therefore, here, the configuration of the roller holding component will be mainly described, and the configuration other than the roller holding component will be omitted as appropriate.
  • FIG. 18 shows a side view of the roller holding component 300B of the third exemplary embodiment as viewed from the left and a KK sectional view as viewed from the rear.
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view of the roller holding component 300B. 18 and 19 show a roller holding component 300B attached to a guide surface forming component 200A similar to that of the second exemplary embodiment, and the guide surface forming component 200A and the roller holding component 300B are shown.
  • the front conveyance guide 300 is configured.
  • the roller holding component 300B for holding the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L is provided with one sliding groove 301 extending in the vertical direction on each of the left and right side surfaces. ing.
  • the sliding groove 301 extends from the upper end of the upper rib 96U to the lower end of the lower rib 96L.
  • the upper roller 100U is assembled to a U-shaped sliding member 302.
  • the sliding member 302 has a partially different shape from the sliding member 102 of the first exemplary embodiment. That is, in the sliding member 302, the length of the shaft 302B that is not inserted into the upper roller 100U is longer than the length of the shaft 302A that is inserted (that is, the length of the shafts 102A and 102B of the sliding member 102). It is getting longer.
  • the lower roller 100L is also assembled to the U-shaped sliding member 302. Also in this sliding member 302, the length of the shaft 302B that is not inserted into the lower roller 100L is longer than the shaft 302A that is inserted.
  • the roller holding component 300B penetrates from one of the left and right sliding grooves 301 to the outer side of the roller holding component 300B from the center in the vertical direction to the outer side in the depth direction of the central portion of the predetermined vertical range.
  • a hole 303 is formed.
  • the length in the vertical direction of the through hole 303 is a length corresponding to the movable range in the vertical direction of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L.
  • the sliding member 302 to which the upper roller 100U is assembled has one shaft 302A inserted into the upper roller 100U on the upper side, the other shaft 302B on the lower side, and an intermediate portion 302C that connects them. It is inserted into the left and right sliding grooves 301 of the roller holding component 300B in a direction toward the side of the sliding groove 301 that is not provided.
  • the sliding member 302 to which the lower roller 100L is assembled passes through one of the shafts 302A inserted into the lower roller 100L on the lower side, the other shaft 302B on the upper side, and the intermediate portion 302C connecting them. It is inserted into the left and right sliding grooves 301 in a direction toward the sliding groove 301 side where the hole 303 is not provided.
  • the sliding member 302 of the upper roller 100U and the sliding member 302 of the lower roller 100L each have a through-hole 303 in which the tip of the shaft 302B is formed outside in the depth direction of the central portion of the sliding groove 301. Has been inserted.
  • the upper roller 100U has a maximum upward protrusion when the shaft 302B of the sliding member 302 contacts the upper end 303U of the through hole 303, while the lower roller 100L When the shaft 302B comes into contact with the lower end 303L of the through hole 303, the downward projecting amount is maximized. That is, the upper end 303U and the lower end 303L of the through-hole 303 function similarly to the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L of the first exemplary embodiment. Further, the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L each have a minimum protruding amount when the shaft 302B of each sliding member 302 abuts at the center in the vertical direction of the sliding groove 301.
  • the configuration of the roller holding component 300B is as described above.
  • the length of the shaft 302B that is not inserted into the upper roller 100U is longer than the shaft 302A that is inserted. did.
  • the length of the shaft 302B that is not inserted into the lower roller 100L is longer than the shaft 302A that is inserted into the lower roller 100L.
  • a through hole 303 that penetrates to the outer surface of the roller holding component 300B is formed on the outer side in the depth direction of the central portion in one of the left and right sliding grooves 301 formed inside the roller holding component 300B. Then, the sliding member 302 of the upper roller 100U and the sliding member 302 of the lower roller 100L are inserted into the sliding groove 301 so that the tip of the shaft 302B of the sliding member 302 enters the through hole 303. I did it.
  • the shaft 302B of the sliding member 302 of the upper roller 100U abuts the upper end of the through hole 303, and the shaft of the sliding member 302 of the lower roller 100L.
  • the front conveyance guide 300 has the upper end 303U and the lower end 303L of the through hole 303 formed on the outer side in the depth direction of the center portion of the sliding groove 301, and the upper stopper 105U and the lower side of the first exemplary embodiment. It is made to function in the same manner as the stopper 105L (that is, a stopper that regulates the maximum protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L).
  • the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L are used in place of the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L, the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L.
  • the variation in the vertical protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L can be reduced.
  • the length in the front-rear direction from the base of the upper arm 103U to the sliding groove 101 in which the upper roller 100U slides is obtained.
  • the manufacturing variation in the vertical direction of the upper stopper 105U from the length D and a reference value of the protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U.
  • the amount of deviation in the vertical direction be length C.
  • the length D is a variation that always occurs when the front conveyance guide 82 is manufactured.
  • the relationship between the length A, the length B, the length D, and the length C is shown in the graph of FIG. As is apparent from this graph, the length C varies more than the length D as the difference between the length A and the length B increases.
  • the front conveyance guide 300 of the third exemplary embodiment does not include the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L, but provides a through hole 303 outside the sliding groove 301.
  • the upper end 303U and the lower end 303L are made to function in the same manner as the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L.
  • the length A is equal to the front conveyance guide 82 as shown in FIG. 18, but the length B does not exist and the vertical manufacturing variation of the through hole 303 becomes the length D. .
  • the length D manufactured variation in the vertical direction of the through hole 303
  • the length C variation in the vertical protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U).
  • the front conveyance guide 300 can reduce the variation in the protruding amount in the vertical direction of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L, compared to the front conveyance guide 82. Further, the front conveyance guide 300 reduces the variation in the vertical protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L, so that the protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L exceeds the threshold (see FIG. 22). When reaching the indicated NG area), the probability of being a defective product can be greatly reduced, and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.
  • the upper end 303U and the lower end 303L of the through hole 303 provided on the outer side in the depth direction of the sliding groove 301 are protruded in the vertical direction of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L. It was used as a stopper for regulating the amount.
  • the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L are provided closer to the sliding groove 101 than the configuration shown in FIG. May be.
  • the length C which is the variation in the protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U
  • the length C increases as the difference between the length A and the length B increases, that is, the distance in the front-rear direction between the sliding groove 101 and the upper stopper 105U increases. It gets bigger. Therefore, when the upper stopper 105U is brought close to the sliding groove 101, the length C is reduced accordingly, as shown in the graph of FIG. Therefore, the front conveyance guide 310 is not as large as the front conveyance guide 300 of the third exemplary embodiment, but the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L in the vertical direction compared to the front conveyance guide 82 shown in FIG. The variation in the protruding amount can be reduced.
  • the front and rear positions of the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L coincide with the front and rear positions of the sliding groove 101, but the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L are moved along the sliding groove 101. Since they slide, they cannot be provided within the sliding area of these upper roller 100U and lower roller 100L (inside the area indicated by the two-dot chain line in FIG. 23). Therefore, the position in the front-rear direction of the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L may be as close as possible to the sliding groove 101 outside the sliding region of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L.
  • the upper roller 100U is provided on each of the two ribs 96U located at the left and right ends of the upper side of the front side conveyance guide 82 constituting the delivery guide portion 81, and the front side conveyance guide 82 is provided.
  • a lower roller 100L is provided on each of the two ribs 96L located at the left and right ends of the lower side.
  • the upper roller 100U may be provided on the ribs 96U other than the ribs 96U at the left and right ends, and similarly, the lower roller 100L may be provided on the ribs 96L other than the ribs 96L at the left and right ends. Good.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the upper roller 100U may be provided not in the front conveyance guide 82 but in the rear conveyance guide 83, or in both the front conveyance guide 82 and the rear conveyance guide 83.
  • the lower roller 100L may be provided not in the front conveyance guide 82 but in the rear conveyance guide 83, or in both the front conveyance guide 82 and the rear conveyance guide 83. The same applies to the exemplary embodiments other than the first exemplary embodiment.
  • the upper unit 21 located above the delivery conveyance unit 30 (30A to 30F) and the lower unit 22 located below can be pulled out from the inside of the apparatus housing 2, respectively.
  • the present disclosure is applied to the automatic teller machine 1 that is being used.
  • the present disclosure is not limited to this, and can also be applied to the automatic teller machine 1 in which only one of the upper unit 21 and the lower unit 22 can be withdrawn from the inside of the apparatus housing 2.
  • the delivery roller 30 is provided with the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L as specific examples of the first positioning unit and the second positioning unit.
  • the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L instead of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L, a plate-like upper projection 400U and lower projection 400L having a substantially bowl-shaped cross section are provided on the front conveyance guide 82, as shown in FIG. It may be provided.
  • the upper protrusion 400U is thinner than the rib 96U, and is attached to the rib 96U so that the semicircular portion 401U protrudes from a hole provided on the upper surface of the rib 96U.
  • the upper projecting portion 400U is provided with a downwardly extending portion 402U extending downward at the rear end of the semicircular portion 401U, and two are provided on the left and right side surfaces of the downwardly extending portion 402U with a space in the vertical direction.
  • a cylindrical sliding shaft 403 is provided for each. In the upper protrusion 400U, the two left and right sliding shafts 403 are inserted into the vertically extending sliding grooves 404U formed on the left and right side surfaces inside the rib 96U. Can be slid up and down.
  • the lower protrusion 400L is thinner than the rib 96L, and is attached to the rib 96L so that the semicircular portion 401L protrudes from a hole provided in the lower surface of the rib 96L.
  • the lower protruding portion 400L is provided with an upwardly extending portion 402L extending upward at the front end of the semicircular portion 401L.
  • Two lower protruding portions 400L are provided on the left and right side surfaces of the upwardly extending portion 402L with a space in the vertical direction.
  • a cylindrical sliding shaft 403 is provided for each.
  • the left and right sliding shafts 403 are inserted into the sliding grooves 404L formed in the left and right side surfaces inside the rib 96L and extending in the vertical direction. On the other hand, it can slide up and down. Further, the upper protrusion 400U and the lower protrusion 400L are urged upward and downward by a coil spring 405, respectively.
  • the upper protrusion 400U is fitted into the upper groove 68 instead of the upper roller 100U, and the lower protrusion 400L is inserted into the lower groove 48 instead of the lower roller 100L.
  • the upper protrusion 400U and the lower protrusion 400L function in the same manner as the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L.
  • one plate-like slide shaft extending in the vertical direction may be provided on each of the left and right side surfaces of the upper protrusion 400U instead of the columnar slide shafts 403 provided in each case. .
  • first positioning unit and the second positioning unit are different from each other as long as they function in the same manner as the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L, the upper protrusion 400U, and the lower protrusion 400L.
  • the positioning unit may be provided in the delivery conveyance unit 30.
  • the outer side of the roller holding component 300B is disposed outside the central portion in one of the left and right sliding grooves 301 formed inside the roller holding component 300B.
  • a through hole 303 penetrating to the side surface is provided.
  • maintenance component 300B instead of the through-hole 303 is formed in the outer side of the depth direction of the center part in one of the sliding grooves 301.
  • the central portion of the sliding groove 301 may be made one step deeper than the other portions.
  • the upper end and the lower end of the groove formed on the outer side in the depth direction of the central portion of the sliding groove 301 function as a stopper that regulates the protruding amount of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L.
  • the present disclosure is applied to the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 as a specific example of the medium processing apparatus.
  • the present disclosure is not limited thereto, and the three guide portions are connected to connect the conveyance path.
  • the medium processing apparatus has a mechanism that performs the same, it can be applied to a medium processing apparatus having a configuration different from that of the banknote depositing and dispensing machine 10.
  • the present disclosure is applied to the automatic teller machine 1 as a specific example of the medium transaction apparatus.
  • the present disclosure is not limited thereto, and three guide units are connected to connect the conveyance path.
  • Any medium transaction apparatus provided with a medium processing apparatus having a mechanism can be applied to a medium transaction apparatus having a configuration different from that of the automatic cash transaction apparatus 1.
  • the present invention can also be applied to a medium transaction apparatus provided with a medium processing apparatus that conveys a medium (ticket, ticket, etc.) other than banknotes.
  • the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 is provided with the delivery guide part 81 as a specific example of the transport guide part that forms the delivery transport path 84 as the first transport path.
  • a conveyance guide portion having a configuration different from that of the delivery guide portion 81 may be provided.
  • the storage-side guide unit as a specific example of the first connection-side transport guide unit that forms the storage-side transport path 44 as the second transport path in the banknote depositing and dispensing machine 10. 41 was provided.
  • connection side conveyance guide part of the structure different from the storage side guide part 41 may be provided if it functions similarly to the storage side guide part 41.
  • the conveyance unit side guide unit is provided as a specific example of the second connection side conveyance guide unit that forms the conveyance unit side conveyance path 64 as the third conveyance path in the banknote depositing and dispensing machine 10. 61 was provided.
  • the connection side conveyance guide part of the structure different from the conveyance part side guide part 61 may be provided if it functions similarly to the conveyance part side guide part 61.
  • a torsion spring 103 having upper arms 103U and 203U as first arms and lower arms 103L and 203L as second arms, 203 and the coil spring 405 are used, but different urging portions may be used as long as they function in the same manner.
  • the upper stopper 105U, the lower stopper 105L, the upper arms 103U and 203U, the lower arms 103L and 203L, and the through hole 303 are used as specific examples of the restricting portion. Not limited to these, as long as they function in the same manner, a restricting portion different from these may be used.
  • the present disclosure is not limited to each exemplary embodiment described above. That is, the present disclosure also covers the exemplary embodiment in which some or all of the exemplary embodiments described above and other exemplary embodiments are arbitrarily combined, and the exemplary embodiments in which some are extracted. Is.
  • the present disclosure can be used in various medium processing apparatuses having a mechanism for connecting, for example, three guide portions to connect a conveyance path.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Feeding Of Articles By Means Other Than Belts Or Rollers (AREA)

Abstract

An upper roller impelled upwards is provided to a turnable delivery guide part provided to a delivery transportation part, and an upper groove into which the upper roller fits is provided to a transportation part-side guide part located above the delivery transportation part. The delivery guide part thereby turns as the upper roller fits into the upper groove, even if the position of the transportation part-side guide part becomes displaced from directly above the delivery guide part, whereby the delivery guide part can be linked to the transportation part-side guide part. In this manner, the delivery/transportation path of the delivery guide part can be connected to the transportation part-side transportation path of the transportation part-side guide part without separately providing a mechanism for turning the delivery guide part to the outer side in the width direction of the delivery guide part.

Description

媒体処理装置及び媒体取引装置Medium processing apparatus and medium transaction apparatus
 本開示は、媒体処理装置及び媒体取引装置に関するものであり、例えば、顧客に紙幣等の媒体を投入させて所望の取引を行う現金自動取引装置(ATM:Automatic Teller Machine)に適用可能な媒体処理装置及び媒体取引装置に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a medium processing apparatus and a medium transaction apparatus. For example, medium processing applicable to an automatic cash transaction apparatus (ATM: Automatic 行 う Teller Machine) that allows a customer to insert a medium such as banknotes and perform a desired transaction. The present invention relates to an apparatus and a medium transaction apparatus.
 従来の現金自動取引装置は、筐体内部の下側に金庫が配置され、金庫の上側に上部紙幣機構が配置されている。上部紙幣機構は、筐体内部から筐体外部に引き出される方向(これを引出方向と呼ぶ)、及び筐体外部から筐体内部に収納される方向(これを収納方向と呼ぶ)に移動可能となっている。またこの上部紙幣機構には、紙幣を搬送する為の搬送路を形成する上部紙幣搬送部などが設けられている。一方、金庫内部には、搬送路を形成する金庫内紙幣搬送部や紙幣カセットなどが設けられている。さらに、金庫の上端部には、上部紙幣搬送部と金庫内紙幣搬送部とを連結してこれらの間で紙幣を受け渡すように搬送する為の搬送路を形成する受渡搬送部が設けられている。 In the conventional automatic teller machine, a safe is disposed on the lower side of the housing, and an upper bill mechanism is disposed on the upper side of the safe. The upper banknote mechanism is movable in a direction of drawing out from the inside of the housing to the outside of the housing (referred to as a pulling direction) and in a direction of housing from the outside of the housing to the inside of the housing (referred to as a storing direction). It has become. Further, the upper banknote mechanism is provided with an upper banknote transport section that forms a transport path for transporting banknotes. On the other hand, in the safe, a safe banknote transport unit and a banknote cassette that form a transport path are provided. Further, the upper end portion of the safe is provided with a delivery transport unit that connects the upper banknote transport unit and the banknote transport unit in the safe and forms a transport path for transporting the banknotes between them. Yes.
 このような構成の現金自動取引装置では、上部紙幣機構が筐体内部に収納されて固定される際に、上部紙幣搬送部における受渡搬送部との接続箇所が、受渡搬送部の真上から引出方向又は収納方向にずれる場合がある。この為、現金自動預払機には、受渡搬送部に対して上部紙幣搬送部の接続箇所が引出方向又は収納方向にずれても、受渡搬送部の搬送路を上部紙幣搬送部の搬送路に接続できるようになっている。 In the automatic teller machine having such a configuration, when the upper banknote mechanism is housed and fixed inside the housing, the connection portion of the upper banknote transport section with the delivery transport section is pulled out from directly above the delivery transport section. May shift in the direction or storage direction. For this reason, the automatic teller machine connects the transport path of the delivery transport unit to the transport path of the upper bill transport part even if the connection location of the upper bill transport part is shifted in the withdrawal direction or the storage direction with respect to the delivery transport unit. It can be done.
 具体的に、受渡搬送部は、搬送路を形成する搬送ガイド部と、搬送ガイド部の幅方向の一端の外側(つまり搬送路の幅方向の外側)に設けられた回転制御レバーとを有していて、この回転制御レバーが押圧されることにともなって、搬送ガイド部を引出方向又は収納方向に傾くように回転させることができるようになっている。一方で、上部紙幣機構は、受渡搬送部の搬送ガイド部と連結する搬送ガイド部と、この搬送ガイド部の幅方向の一端の外側に設けられた、受渡搬送部の回転制御レバーを押圧する為の押付アームとを有している。 Specifically, the delivery conveyance unit includes a conveyance guide unit that forms a conveyance path, and a rotation control lever that is provided outside one end in the width direction of the conveyance guide unit (that is, outside the width direction of the conveyance path). As the rotation control lever is pressed, the conveyance guide portion can be rotated so as to be inclined in the pull-out direction or the storage direction. On the other hand, the upper bill mechanism presses the rotation control lever of the delivery guide unit provided on the outside of one end in the width direction of the delivery guide unit and the delivery guide unit connected to the delivery guide unit of the delivery delivery unit. And a pressing arm.
 そして、現金自動取引装置は、上部紙幣機構が筐体内部に収納されて固定される際、上部紙幣機構の押付アームが、受渡搬送部の回転制御レバーを押圧する。このとき、受渡搬送部は、上部紙幣搬送部の引出方向又は収納方向のずれに応じて搬送ガイド部が引出方向又は収納方向に傾くように回転することで、搬送ガイド部が上部紙幣搬送部の搬送ガイド部に追従して連結する。こうすることで、従来の現金自動取引装置は、受渡搬送部に対して上部紙幣搬送部の接続箇所が引出方向又は収納方向にずれていても、受渡搬送部の搬送路を上部紙幣搬送部の搬送路に接続できるようになっていた(例えば特開2013-242608号公報参照)。 In the automatic teller machine, when the upper banknote mechanism is housed and fixed inside the housing, the pressing arm of the upper banknote mechanism presses the rotation control lever of the delivery conveyance unit. At this time, the delivery conveyance unit rotates so that the conveyance guide unit is inclined in the withdrawal direction or the storage direction in accordance with the deviation in the withdrawal direction or the storage direction of the upper banknote conveyance unit, so that the conveyance guide unit is Follow the transport guide and connect. By doing so, the conventional automatic teller machine is configured such that, even if the connection location of the upper banknote transport unit is shifted in the drawing direction or the storage direction with respect to the delivery transport unit, the transport path of the delivery transport unit is It can be connected to the transport path (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-242608).
 しかしながら、従来の現金自動取引装置は、回転制御レバーと押付アームを受渡搬送部の搬送ガイド部の幅方向の外側に設ける必要があり、この為、これらを内部に実装する筐体のサイズを幅方向に広げなければならなかった。 However, the conventional automatic teller machine needs to provide the rotation control lever and the pressing arm outside the width direction of the transfer guide portion of the delivery transfer portion. Had to spread in the direction.
 また、従来の現金自動取引装置では、受渡搬送部を引出方向及び収納方向に複数個設けた場合、受渡搬送部ごとに設けられた回転制御レバーを、受渡搬送部ごとに設けられた押付アームによって、それぞれ別々に押圧しなければならない。この為、受渡搬送部を複数個設ける場合には、受渡搬送部ごとに設けられた回転制御レバー及び押付アームを、幅方向にずらして配置しなければならず、より一層、筐体のサイズを幅方向に広げなければならなかった。このように、従来の現金自動取引装置では、受渡搬送部の搬送ガイド部を上部紙幣搬送部の搬送ガイド部に追従させてそれぞれの搬送路を接続する為には、筐体を幅方向に広げなければならず、装置が大型化する要因となっていた。 Moreover, in the conventional automatic teller machine, when a plurality of delivery conveyance units are provided in the pull-out direction and the storage direction, the rotation control lever provided for each delivery conveyance unit is controlled by a pressing arm provided for each delivery conveyance unit. , Each must be pressed separately. For this reason, when providing a plurality of delivery conveyance units, the rotation control lever and the pressing arm provided for each delivery conveyance unit must be shifted in the width direction, and the size of the housing can be further reduced. I had to widen it in the width direction. As described above, in the conventional automatic teller machine, in order to connect the respective conveyance paths by causing the conveyance guide unit of the delivery conveyance unit to follow the conveyance guide unit of the upper banknote conveyance unit, the casing is widened in the width direction. It was necessary to increase the size of the apparatus.
 本開示は、従来と比して小型でありながら、搬送路同士を確実に接続できるようにした媒体処理装置及び媒体取引装置を提供する。 The present disclosure provides a medium processing apparatus and a medium transaction apparatus that are capable of reliably connecting the conveyance paths while being smaller than the conventional one.
 本開示の第1の態様は、媒体処理装置であって、所定の間隔を空けて対向する2つのガイド面の間に媒体が搬送される第1搬送路を形成する搬送ガイド部と、前記搬送ガイド部の一側と連結することで、前記第1搬送路の一端と接続される第2搬送路を形成する第1の接続側搬送ガイド部と、前記搬送ガイド部の他側と連結することで、前記第1搬送路の他端と接続される第3搬送路を形成する第2の接続側搬送ガイド部とを備え、前記搬送ガイド部に、前記第1の接続側搬送ガイド部と係合して当該第1の接続側搬送ガイド部との間の位置を規定する第1の位置決め部と、前記第2の接続側搬送ガイド部と係合して当該第2の接続側搬送ガイド部との間の位置を規定する第2の位置決め部と、前記第1の位置決め部及び前記第2の位置決め部を前記第1の接続側搬送ガイド部及び前記第2の接続側搬送ガイド部の方向へ付勢する付勢部とを設けた。 A first aspect of the present disclosure is a medium processing apparatus, the conveyance guide unit forming a first conveyance path through which a medium is conveyed between two guide surfaces facing each other with a predetermined interval, and the conveyance By connecting with one side of the guide part, it is connected with the first connection side transport guide part that forms the second transport path connected to one end of the first transport path and the other side of the transport guide part. And a second connection side conveyance guide part that forms a third conveyance path connected to the other end of the first conveyance path, and the conveyance guide part is engaged with the first connection side conveyance guide part. In combination, a first positioning portion that defines a position between the first connection side conveyance guide portion and the second connection side conveyance guide portion is engaged with the second connection side conveyance guide portion. A second positioning part for defining a position between the first positioning part and the second positioning part Part was provided and a biasing unit that biases the first connection-side conveying guide part and the direction of the second connection side conveyance guide section.
 本開示の第1の態様は、搬送ガイド部に設けた複数の位置決め部によって搬送ガイド部と第1及び第2の接続側搬送ガイド部との間の位置を規定することで、搬送ガイド部の第1搬送路を第1及び第2の接続側搬送ガイド部の第2及び第3搬送路に確実に接続できる。さらに本開示の第1の態様は、搬送ガイド部の幅方向の外側などに別途、搬送ガイド部の第1搬送路を第1及び第2の接続側搬送ガイド部の第2及び第3搬送路に接続させる為の部を設ける必要がない為、従来と比べて装置を小型化することができる。 In the first aspect of the present disclosure, the position of the conveyance guide unit is defined by defining a position between the conveyance guide unit and the first and second connection-side conveyance guide units by a plurality of positioning units provided in the conveyance guide unit. The first transport path can be reliably connected to the second and third transport paths of the first and second connection-side transport guide portions. Further, according to the first aspect of the present disclosure, the first and second conveyance paths of the first and second connection-side conveyance guide portions are separately provided on the outer side in the width direction of the conveyance guide portion and the like. Since there is no need to provide a portion for connection to the device, the apparatus can be reduced in size as compared with the prior art.
 本開示の第1の態様によれば、従来と比して小型でありながら、搬送路同士を確実に接続できるようにした媒体処理装置及び媒体取引装置を提供できる。 According to the first aspect of the present disclosure, it is possible to provide a medium processing apparatus and a medium transaction apparatus that are capable of reliably connecting the conveyance paths while being smaller than conventional ones.
第1の例示的実施形態による現金自動取引装置の構成を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the structure of the automatic teller machine by 1st illustrative embodiment. 第1の例示的実施形態による紙幣入出金機の構成を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the structure of the banknote depositing / withdrawing machine by 1st illustrative embodiment. 第1の例示的実施形態による紙幣収納庫の上端部の構成を示す三面図である。It is a three-plane figure which shows the structure of the upper end part of the banknote storage by 1st illustrative embodiment. 第1の例示的実施形態による搬送部の下端部の構成を示す三面図である。It is a three-plane figure which shows the structure of the lower end part of the conveyance part by 1st illustrative embodiment. 第1の例示的実施形態による受渡搬送部の構成を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the structure of the delivery conveyance part by 1st illustrative embodiment. 第1の例示的実施形態による受渡搬送部の構成を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the structure of the delivery conveyance part by 1st illustrative embodiment. 第1の例示的実施形態による受渡搬送部の構成を示す前面図及び側面図である。It is the front view and side view which show the structure of the delivery conveyance part by 1st illustrative embodiment. 第1の例示的実施形態による受渡搬送部の構成を示す前面図及び側面図である。It is the front view and side view which show the structure of the delivery conveyance part by 1st illustrative embodiment. 第1の例示的実施形態による前側搬送ガイドの構成を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the structure of the front conveyance guide by 1st illustrative embodiment. 第1の例示的実施形態による前側搬送ガイドの構成を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the structure of the front conveyance guide by 1st illustrative embodiment. 第1の例示的実施形態によるリブの構成を示す側面図及び断面図である。It is the side view and sectional drawing which show the structure of the rib by 1st exemplary embodiment. 第1の例示的実施形態によるリブの構成を示す側面図及び断面図である。It is the side view and sectional drawing which show the structure of the rib by 1st exemplary embodiment. 第1の例示的実施形態の変形例による上側ローラ、下側ローラ及びトーションスプリングの構成を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the structure of the upper side roller, lower side roller, and torsion spring by the modification of 1st exemplary embodiment. 第1の例示的実施形態の変形例による前側搬送ガイドの構成を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the structure of the front conveyance guide by the modification of 1st exemplary embodiment. 第1の例示的実施形態の変形例による前側搬送ガイドの構成を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the structure of the front conveyance guide by the modification of 1st exemplary embodiment. 第2の例示的実施形態による受渡搬送部の構成を示す前面図及び側面図である。It is the front view and side view which show the structure of the delivery conveyance part by 2nd exemplary embodiment. 第2の例示的実施形態による受渡搬送部の構成を示す前面図及び側面図である。It is the front view and side view which show the structure of the delivery conveyance part by 2nd exemplary embodiment. 第2の例示的実施形態によるガイド面形成部品及びローラ保持部品の構成を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the structure of the guide surface formation component by 2nd exemplary embodiment, and a roller holding | maintenance component. 第2の例示的実施形態による上側ローラ、下側ローラ及びトーションスプリングの構成を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the structure of the upper side roller, lower side roller, and torsion spring by 2nd exemplary embodiment. 第2の例示的実施形態によるトーションスプリングの構成を示す一面図である。It is a one side figure which shows the structure of the torsion spring by 2nd exemplary embodiment. 第2の例示的実施形態のトーションスプリングと比較するトーションスプリングの構成を示す一面図である。It is a one side figure which shows the structure of the torsion spring compared with the torsion spring of 2nd exemplary embodiment. 第2の例示的実施形態の変形例によるローラ保持部品の構成を示す斜視図及び前面図である。It is the perspective view and front view which show the structure of the roller holding | maintenance component by the modification of 2nd exemplary embodiment. 第2の例示的実施形態の変形例によるローラ保持部品の構成を示す斜視図及び前面図である。It is the perspective view and front view which show the structure of the roller holding | maintenance component by the modification of 2nd exemplary embodiment. 第2の例示的実施形態の変形例による前側搬送ガイドの構成を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the structure of the front side conveyance guide by the modification of 2nd exemplary embodiment. 第3の例示的実施形態による前側搬送ガイドの構成を示す側面図及び断面図である。It is the side view and sectional drawing which show the structure of the front conveyance guide by 3rd exemplary embodiment. 第3の例示的実施形態による前側搬送ガイドの構成を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the structure of the front conveyance guide by 3rd exemplary embodiment. 第3の例示的実施形態の前側搬送ガイドと比較する前側搬送ガイドの構成を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the structure of the front conveyance guide compared with the front conveyance guide of 3rd illustrative embodiment. 第3の例示的実施形態の前側搬送ガイドと比較する前側搬送ガイドで発生する上側ローラの突出量のばらつきを示すグラフである。It is a graph which shows the dispersion | variation in the protrusion amount of the upper side roller which generate | occur | produces with the front side conveyance guide compared with the front side conveyance guide of 3rd illustrative embodiment. 第3の例示的実施形態の前側搬送ガイドで発生する上側ローラの突出量のばらつきを示すグラフである。It is a graph which shows the dispersion | variation in the protrusion amount of the upper side roller which generate | occur | produces with the front side conveyance guide of 3rd exemplary embodiment. 第3の例示的実施形態の変形例による前側搬送ガイドの構成を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the structure of the front conveyance guide by the modification of 3rd exemplary embodiment. 第3の例示的実施形態の変形例の前側搬送ガイドで発生する上側ローラの突出量のばらつきを示すグラフである。It is a graph which shows the dispersion | variation in the protrusion amount of the upper side roller which generate | occur | produces with the front side conveyance guide of the modification of 3rd exemplary embodiment. 他の例示的実施形態による前側搬送ガイドの構成を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the structure of the front conveyance guide by other exemplary embodiment.
 以下、発明を実施するための形態(以下例示的実施形態とする)について、図面を用いて説明する。 Hereinafter, modes for carrying out the invention (hereinafter referred to as exemplary embodiments) will be described with reference to the drawings.
[1.第1の例示的実施形態]
[1-1.現金自動取引装置の構成]
 図1に外観を示すように、第1の例示的実施形態の現金自動取引装置1は、箱状の装置筐体2を中心に構成されており、例えば金融機関等に設置され、利用者(すなわち金融機関等の顧客)との間で入金取引や出金取引等の現金に関する取引を行うようになっている。以下では、現金自動取引装置1における顧客が対峙する側を前側、その反対側を後側と定義するとともに、現金自動取引装置1の前側に対峙した顧客から見て左側及び右側をそれぞれ現金自動取引装置1における左側及び右側と定義する。
[1. First exemplary embodiment]
[1-1. Configuration of automatic teller machine]
As shown in FIG. 1, the automatic teller machine 1 of the first exemplary embodiment is configured around a box-shaped device housing 2, and is installed in a financial institution or the like, for example, In other words, cash-related transactions such as deposit transactions and withdrawal transactions are performed with customers such as financial institutions. In the following, the side facing the customer in the automatic teller machine 1 is defined as the front side, and the opposite side is defined as the rear side. The left side and the right side in the apparatus 1 are defined.
 装置筐体2は、その前側に顧客が対峙した状態で紙幣の投入やタッチパネルによる操作等をしやすい箇所に顧客応対部3が設けられている。顧客応対部3は、カード入出口4、入出金口5、操作表示部6、テンキー7、及びレシート発行口8が設けられており、顧客との間で現金や通帳等を直接やり取りすると共に、取引に関する情報の通知や操作指示の受付を行うようになっている。 The device housing 2 is provided with a customer-facing unit 3 at a location where it is easy to insert bills or operate with a touch panel while the customer faces the front side. The customer reception unit 3 is provided with a card entry / exit 4, a deposit / withdrawal port 5, an operation display unit 6, a numeric keypad 7, and a receipt issuance port 8, and exchanges cash and bankbooks directly with the customer, Notification of transaction information and operation instructions are accepted.
 カード入出口4は、キャッシュカード等の各種カードが挿入または排出される部分である。カード入出口4の筐体内側には、各種カードに磁気記録された口座番号等の読み取りを行うカード処理部(図示せず)が設けられている。入出金口5は、顧客により入金する紙幣が投入されると共に、顧客へ出金する紙幣が排出される部分である。また入出金口5は、シャッタを駆動することにより開放又は閉塞するようになっている。 Card entry / exit 4 is a portion where various cards such as cash cards are inserted or ejected. A card processing unit (not shown) for reading account numbers and the like magnetically recorded on various cards is provided inside the housing of the card slot 4. The deposit / withdrawal port 5 is a portion where banknotes to be deposited by the customer are input and banknotes to be dispensed to the customer are discharged. The deposit / withdrawal port 5 is opened or closed by driving a shutter.
 操作表示部6は、取引に際して操作画面を表示するLCD(Liquid Crystal Display)と、取引の種類の選択、暗証番号や取引金額等を入力するタッチセンサとが一体化されたタッチパネルとなっている。テンキー7は、「0」~「9」の数字等の入力を受け付ける物理キーであり、暗証番号や取引金額等の入力操作時に用いられる。レシート発行口8は、取引処理の終了時に取引内容等を印字したレシートを発行する部分である。因みにレシート発行口8の奥側には、レシートに取引内容等を印字するレシート処理部(図示せず)が設けられている。 The operation display unit 6 is a touch panel in which an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) for displaying an operation screen at the time of a transaction and a touch sensor for inputting a transaction type, a password, a transaction amount, and the like are integrated. The numeric keypad 7 is a physical key that accepts input of numbers such as “0” to “9”, and is used when an input operation such as a password or transaction amount is performed. The receipt issuing port 8 is a part that issues a receipt on which transaction details are printed at the end of transaction processing. Incidentally, a receipt processing unit (not shown) for printing transaction contents and the like on the receipt is provided on the back side of the receipt issuing port 8.
 装置筐体2の内部には、現金自動取引装置1全体を統括制御する主制御部9や、紙幣に関する種々の処理を行う紙幣入出金機10等が設けられている。主制御部9は、図示しないCPU(Central Processing Unit)を中心に構成されており、図示しないROM(Read Only Memory)、RAM(Random Access Memory)、ハードディスクドライブ、フラッシュメモリなどの記憶部から所定のプログラムを読み出して実行することにより、現金自動取引装置1の各部を制御して入金取引や出金取引等に関する種々の処理を行う。 Inside the apparatus housing 2 are provided a main control unit 9 that performs overall control of the entire automatic teller machine 1, a banknote depositing and dispensing machine 10 that performs various processes related to banknotes, and the like. The main control unit 9 is configured with a CPU (Central Processing Unit) (not shown) as a center, and a predetermined unit from a storage unit such as a ROM (Read Only Memory), a RAM (Random Access Memory), a hard disk drive, and a flash memory (not shown). By reading and executing the program, each part of the automatic teller machine 1 is controlled to perform various processes relating to deposit transactions, withdrawal transactions and the like.
 紙幣入出金機10は、紙幣入出金機10全体を統括制御する制御部11を有している。制御部11は、図示しないCPUを中心に構成されており、図示しないROM、RAM、ハードディスクドライブ、フラッシュメモリなどの記憶部から所定のプログラムを読み出して実行することにより、紙幣入出金機10の各部を制御して入金取引や出金取引等に関する種々の処理を行う。 The banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 has a control unit 11 that performs overall control of the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10. The control unit 11 is configured around a CPU (not shown), and reads and executes a predetermined program from a storage unit (not shown) such as a ROM, a RAM, a hard disk drive, and a flash memory, thereby executing each part of the banknote depositing and dispensing machine 10. To perform various processes related to deposit transactions and withdrawal transactions.
 この紙幣入出金機10は、図2に側面図を示すように、後側が開放された直方体形状の入出金機筐体20を中心に構成されている。尚、この図2は、制御部11を省略した図となっている。現金自動取引装置1は、装置筐体2の後側が開閉可能な扉となっており、この扉を開放することで、外部から紙幣入出金機10へアクセスできるようになっている。 This banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 is configured around a rectangular parallelepiped depositing / dispensing machine housing 20 whose rear side is open as shown in a side view in FIG. In FIG. 2, the control unit 11 is omitted. The automatic teller machine 1 is a door that can be opened and closed on the rear side of the apparatus housing 2, and the banknote depositing and dispensing machine 10 can be accessed from the outside by opening the door.
 この紙幣入出金機10は、大きく分けて、入出金機筐体20における上下方向の中央より上側の部分を占める上部ユニット21と、中央より下側の部分を占める下部ユニット22とにより構成されている。 The banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 is roughly divided into an upper unit 21 that occupies a portion above the center in the vertical direction of the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20 and a lower unit 22 that occupies a portion below the center. Yes.
 上部ユニット21には、顧客との間で紙幣を授受する入出金部23、図中太線で示す搬送路24Rを介して紙幣を各部へ搬送する為のローラやガイドなど(図示せず)で構成される搬送部24、紙幣を鑑別する鑑別部25、紙幣を一時的に収納する一時保留部26が設けられている。この上部ユニット21は、前後方向に延びるスライドレール(図示せず)を介して入出金機筐体20に取り付けられている。この為、紙幣入出金機10は、装置筐体2の後側の扉が開放された状態で、スライドレールを介して上部ユニット21を前後方向(すなわち収納方向及び引出方向)へスライドさせることで、上部ユニット21を入出金機筐体20の外側に引き出したり、引き出した上部ユニット21を入出金機筐体20の内部に収納したりできるようになっている。 The upper unit 21 is composed of a deposit / withdrawal unit 23 that exchanges bills with customers, and rollers and guides (not shown) for transporting bills to each unit via a transport path 24R indicated by a thick line in the figure. A transport unit 24, a discrimination unit 25 for discriminating banknotes, and a temporary storage unit 26 for temporarily storing banknotes are provided. The upper unit 21 is attached to the depositing machine housing 20 via a slide rail (not shown) extending in the front-rear direction. For this reason, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 slides the upper unit 21 in the front-rear direction (that is, the storage direction and the withdrawal direction) via the slide rail while the rear door of the device housing 2 is opened. The upper unit 21 can be pulled out to the outside of the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20, and the pulled out upper unit 21 can be stored inside the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20.
 一方、下部ユニット22は、直方体形状の金庫筐体27により覆われていて、この金庫筐体27の内部に、前後方向に延びるスライドレール(図示せず)を介して下部ユニット22が取り付けられている。金庫筐体27は、後側が開閉可能な扉となっている。この下部ユニット22は、複数(例えば5個)の紙幣収納庫28(28A~28E)及び1つのリジェクト庫29を、後側から前側へ向けて順次整列させるようにして着脱可能に保持する。この為、紙幣入出金機10は、装置筐体2の後側の扉と金庫筐体27の後側の扉が開放された状態で、スライドレールを介して下部ユニット22を前後方向(すなわち収納方向及び引出方向)へスライドさせることで、紙幣収納庫28(28A~28E)及びリジェクト庫29を下部ユニット22とともに入出金機筐体20及び金庫筐体27の外側に引き出したり、引き出した下部ユニット22を入出金機筐体20及び金庫筐体27の内部に収納したりできるようになっている。 On the other hand, the lower unit 22 is covered with a rectangular parallelepiped-shaped safe case 27, and the lower unit 22 is attached to the inside of the safe case 27 via a slide rail (not shown) extending in the front-rear direction. Yes. The safe housing 27 is a door that can be opened and closed on the rear side. The lower unit 22 detachably holds a plurality (for example, five) of banknote storages 28 (28A to 28E) and one reject storage 29 so as to be sequentially aligned from the rear side to the front side. Therefore, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 moves the lower unit 22 in the front-rear direction (i.e., storage) via the slide rail in a state where the rear door of the apparatus housing 2 and the rear door of the safe housing 27 are opened. The bill storage box 28 (28A to 28E) and the reject box 29 are pulled out to the outside of the depositing / dispensing machine case 20 and the safe case 27 together with the lower unit 22 by sliding in the direction and the withdrawal direction. 22 can be stored in the inside of the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20 and the safe housing 27.
 さらに、金庫筐体27の上面には、金庫筐体27内部に収納された紙幣収納庫28(28A~28E)及びリジェクト庫29のそれぞれの上面と対向する位置に上下方向に貫通する孔(図示せず)が設けられ、各孔の内側に受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)が配置されている。また上部ユニット21の下端部には、受渡搬送部30A~30Fのそれぞれに向かって延びる搬送路24Ra~24Rfが形成されている。受渡搬送部30A~30Fは、それぞれ上部ユニット21の搬送路24Ra~24Rfと紙幣収納庫28A~28E及びリジェクト庫29との間を接続する搬送路を形成する。紙幣入出金機10は、この受渡搬送部30A~30Fを介して、上部ユニット21の搬送路24Ra~24Rfと、下部ユニット22の紙幣収納庫28A~28F及びリジェクト庫29との間で紙幣を受け渡すようになっている。 Further, a hole penetrating in the vertical direction is formed on the upper surface of the safe housing 27 at positions facing the upper surfaces of the banknote storages 28 (28A to 28E) and the reject storage 29 stored in the safe housing 27 (see FIG. (Not shown) is provided, and the delivery / conveyance unit 30 (30A to 30F) is arranged inside each hole. At the lower end of the upper unit 21, transport paths 24Ra to 24Rf extending toward the delivery transport sections 30A to 30F are formed. The delivery transport units 30A to 30F form transport paths that connect the transport paths 24Ra to 24Rf of the upper unit 21 to the banknote storages 28A to 28E and the reject storage 29, respectively. The banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 receives banknotes between the transport paths 24Ra to 24Rf of the upper unit 21 and the banknote storages 28A to 28F and the rejection store 29 of the lower unit 22 via the delivery transport units 30A to 30F. It is supposed to pass.
[1-2.入金処理及び出金処理]
 ここで、現金自動取引装置1により利用者(金融機関の顧客)との間で入金取引及び出金取引が行われる場合における、紙幣入出金機10内での入金処理及び出金処理について簡単に説明する。
[1-2. Deposit process and withdrawal process]
Here, in the case where a deposit transaction and a withdrawal transaction are performed with a user (a customer of a financial institution) by the automatic teller machine 1, a deposit process and a withdrawal process in the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 are simply described. explain.
 まず入金処理について説明する。紙幣入出金機10は、例えば顧客により操作表示部6(図1)を介して入金取引を行う旨の操作入力を受け付けると、入出金口5のシャッタを開く。そして、入出金口5から入出金部23に紙幣が投入されると、シャッタを閉じて、投入された紙幣を1枚ずつ鑑別部25へ搬送する。 First, the deposit process will be explained. The banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 opens the shutter of the depositing / dispensing port 5 when receiving an operation input for performing a deposit transaction via the operation display unit 6 (FIG. 1) by the customer, for example. When a bill is inserted into the deposit / withdrawal unit 23 from the deposit / withdrawal port 5, the shutter is closed and the inserted bills are conveyed to the discrimination unit 25 one by one.
 ここで、紙幣入出金機10は、鑑別部25により正常紙幣と判定された紙幣については一時保留部26に搬送して一時的に収納する。一方で、入金に適さない入金リジェクト紙幣と判定された紙幣については入出金部23へ戻して、シャッタを開くことで顧客に返却する。その後、顧客により入金金額が確定されると、紙幣入出金機10は、一時保留部26に収納している紙幣を鑑別部25に搬送して金種を鑑別し、その金種に応じて、各紙幣収納庫28A~28Eへ搬送して保管する。このとき、紙幣は、上部ユニット21の搬送路24Ra~24Reから、受渡搬送部30A~30Eを通って、下部ユニット22の各紙幣収納庫28A~28Eへと搬送される。 Here, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 transports the banknotes determined to be normal banknotes by the discrimination unit 25 to the temporary storage unit 26 and temporarily stores them. On the other hand, banknotes determined as deposit reject banknotes not suitable for depositing are returned to the deposit / withdrawal unit 23 and returned to the customer by opening the shutter. After that, when the deposit amount is confirmed by the customer, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 conveys the banknote stored in the temporary storage unit 26 to the discrimination unit 25 to discriminate the denomination, and according to the denomination, It is transported to each banknote storage 28A-28E and stored. At this time, the banknotes are transported from the transport paths 24Ra to 24Re of the upper unit 21 to the banknote storages 28A to 28E of the lower unit 22 through the delivery transport units 30A to 30E.
 次に出金処理について説明する。紙幣入出金機10は、顧客から操作表示部6(図1)を介して出金取引を行う旨の操作入力を受け付けると、顧客に指定された出金額に応じた紙幣の金種及び枚数を決定する。そして、紙幣入出金機10は、決定した金種及び枚数に応じて、各紙幣収納庫28A~28Eから紙幣を1枚ずつ繰り出して、鑑別部25に搬送する。このとき、紙幣は、下部ユニット22の各紙幣収納庫28A~28Eから、受渡搬送部30A~30Eを通って、上部ユニット21の搬送路24Ra~24Reへと搬送される。 Next, the withdrawal process will be described. When the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 receives an operation input for performing a withdrawal transaction from the customer via the operation display unit 6 (FIG. 1), the banknote denomination and the number of banknotes corresponding to the withdrawal amount designated by the customer are obtained. decide. The banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 then feeds out banknotes one by one from the banknote storages 28A to 28E according to the determined denomination and number, and conveys the banknotes to the discrimination unit 25. At this time, the banknotes are transported from the banknote storages 28A to 28E of the lower unit 22 to the transport paths 24Ra to 24Re of the upper unit 21 through the delivery transport units 30A to 30E.
 ここで、紙幣入出金機10は、鑑別部25により正常紙幣と判定された紙幣については入出金部23に搬送する一方で、出金に適さない出金リジェクト紙幣と判定された紙幣については一時保留部26に搬送して一時的に収納する。そして、顧客に指定された出金額分の紙幣が入出金部23へ集積されると、紙幣入出金機10は、入出金口5のシャッタを開ける。これにより入出金部23内に集積されている紙幣の受け取りが可能な状態となり、顧客がこの紙幣を受け取る。 Here, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 transports banknotes determined to be normal banknotes by the discrimination unit 25 to the depositing / withdrawing unit 23, while temporarily regarding banknotes determined to be withdrawal reject banknotes that are not suitable for withdrawal. It is transported to the storage unit 26 and temporarily stored. And when the banknote for the amount of money specified by the customer is integrated | stacked on the deposit or withdrawal part 23, the banknote depositing / withdrawing machine 10 opens the shutter of the deposit or withdrawal port 5. FIG. As a result, the banknotes accumulated in the deposit / withdrawal unit 23 can be received, and the customer receives the banknotes.
 その後、紙幣入出金機10は、一時保留部26に収納している出金リジェクト紙幣を、リジェクト庫29へと搬送して保管する。このとき、紙幣は、上部ユニット21の搬送路24Rfから、受渡搬送部30Fを通って、下部ユニット22のリジェクト庫29へと搬送される。以上が、紙幣入出金機10内での入金処理及び出金処理である。 Thereafter, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 conveys and stores the withdrawal reject banknotes stored in the temporary storage unit 26 to the rejection store 29. At this time, the banknote is transported from the transport path 24Rf of the upper unit 21 to the reject box 29 of the lower unit 22 through the delivery transport unit 30F. The above is the deposit processing and withdrawal processing in the banknote depositing and dispensing machine 10.
[1-3.受渡搬送部及びその周辺部の構成]
 次に、受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)と、その周辺部の構成について説明する。具体的に、受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)の周辺部とは、受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)の上方に位置する搬送部24の下端部(搬送路24Ra~24Rfが形成されている部分)、及び受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)の下方に位置する紙幣収納庫28(28A~28E)及びリジェクト庫29の上端部のことである。尚、受渡搬送部30A~30Fの基本的な構成は同一であり、また受渡搬送部30A~30Fの周辺部の基本的な構成についても同一である為、ここでは、一例として、受渡搬送部30Aと、受渡搬送部30Aの上方に位置する、搬送部24の下端部(搬送路24Raが形成されている部分)と、受渡搬送部30Aの下方に位置する紙幣収納庫28Aの上端部の構成について説明することにする。
[1-3. Configuration of delivery / transport section and its surroundings]
Next, the structure of the delivery conveyance part 30 (30A-30F) and its peripheral part is demonstrated. Specifically, the peripheral portions of the delivery transport unit 30 (30A to 30F) are formed with lower end portions (transport paths 24Ra to 24Rf) of the transport unit 24 located above the delivery transport unit 30 (30A to 30F). Part), and the banknote storage 28 (28A to 28E) and the upper end of the reject storage 29 positioned below the delivery transport unit 30 (30A to 30F). Since the basic configuration of the delivery transport units 30A to 30F is the same, and the basic configuration of the peripheral parts of the delivery transport units 30A to 30F is also the same, here, as an example, the delivery transport unit 30A And about the structure of the lower end part (part in which conveyance path 24Ra is formed) of the conveyance part 24 located above the delivery conveyance part 30A, and the upper end part of the banknote storage 28A located below the delivery conveyance part 30A I will explain.
 まず、受渡搬送部30Aの下方に位置する紙幣収納庫28Aの上端部の構成について説明する。図3に、紙幣収納庫28Aの上部を上から見た上面図、前から見た前面図、左から見た側面図からなる三面図を示す。紙幣収納庫28Aの上端部は、左右方向(すなわち幅方向)の両端部40L、40Rを除く中央部40Cが両端部40L、40Rよりも一段低く形成されていて、この中央部40Cの後寄りに、受渡搬送部30Aとの間で搬送される紙幣をガイドする収納庫側ガイド部41が設けられている。 First, the configuration of the upper end portion of the banknote storage 28A located below the delivery conveyance unit 30A will be described. FIG. 3 shows a three-view diagram including a top view of the upper part of the banknote storage 28A as seen from above, a front view as seen from the front, and a side view as seen from the left. At the upper end of the banknote storage 28A, the central portion 40C excluding both end portions 40L, 40R in the left-right direction (that is, the width direction) is formed one step lower than both end portions 40L, 40R. A storage-side guide portion 41 that guides bills conveyed between the delivery conveyance portion 30A is provided.
 収納庫側ガイド部41は、前側に配置された前側搬送ガイド42と、後側に配置された後側搬送ガイド43とを有している。前側搬送ガイド42と後側搬送ガイド43は、所定の間隔(例えば5[mm])を空けて配置されていて、前側搬送ガイド42と後側搬送ガイド43との間に隙間を形成している。この隙間が、紙幣の紙面を前後方向に向けて、上下方向に搬送する収納庫側搬送路44となっている。つまり、この収納庫側搬送路44は、上下方向が搬送方向、左右方向が幅方向となっている。 The storage-side guide portion 41 has a front conveyance guide 42 disposed on the front side and a rear conveyance guide 43 disposed on the rear side. The front conveyance guide 42 and the rear conveyance guide 43 are arranged with a predetermined interval (for example, 5 [mm]), and a gap is formed between the front conveyance guide 42 and the rear conveyance guide 43. . This gap serves as a storage-side conveyance path 44 that conveys the bill in the up-down direction with the paper surface facing in the front-rear direction. That is, the storage-side transport path 44 has a transport direction in the vertical direction and a width direction in the left-right direction.
 後側搬送ガイド43は、前面が平坦に形成された本体部45の上端に、左右方向(収納庫側搬送路44の幅方向)に沿って複数のリブ46が離散的に、すなわち左右方向に隙間47を空けて配置されている。因みに本体部45には、左右方向の長さ(つまり幅)が異なる複数種類のリブ46が所定の順序で配置されている。また、各リブ46は、それぞれ直方体状に形成されており、それぞれの前面及び上面の位置が揃えられている。さらに、各リブ46の前面は、本体部45の前面と連続していて、さらにリブ46の前側上端部は、角を切り落としたような傾斜面となっている。 The rear conveyance guide 43 has a plurality of ribs 46 discretely along the left-right direction (the width direction of the storage-side conveyance path 44) at the upper end of the main body 45 having a flat front surface. The gap 47 is disposed. Incidentally, a plurality of types of ribs 46 having different lengths (that is, widths) in the left-right direction are disposed in the main body 45 in a predetermined order. Each rib 46 is formed in a rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the positions of the front surface and the upper surface of each rib 46 are aligned. Furthermore, the front surface of each rib 46 is continuous with the front surface of the main body 45, and the front upper end of the rib 46 has an inclined surface with corners cut off.
 一方、前側搬送ガイド42は、後側搬送ガイド43と前後対称の構成となっている。つまり、前側搬送ガイド42も、左右方向に沿って所定の間隔でなる隙間47を空けて配置された複数のリブ46を有している。そして、前側搬送ガイド42と後側搬送ガイド43は、対向する後面と前面とが平行で、且つ左右方向及び上下方向に各リブ46の位置が揃うようにして配置されている。尚、対向する前側搬送ガイド42の後面及び後側搬送ガイド43の前面は、それぞれ紙幣をガイドするガイド面となっている。また、各隙間47の底面は、紙幣収納庫28Aの中央部40Cの上面と同一面となっている。 On the other hand, the front conveyance guide 42 has a symmetrical configuration with the rear conveyance guide 43. That is, the front conveyance guide 42 also has a plurality of ribs 46 that are arranged with a gap 47 formed at a predetermined interval along the left-right direction. The front conveyance guide 42 and the rear conveyance guide 43 are arranged so that the opposed rear surface and front surface are parallel and the positions of the ribs 46 are aligned in the left-right direction and the vertical direction. Note that the rear surface of the front conveyance guide 42 and the front surface of the rear conveyance guide 43 that face each other are guide surfaces that guide bills. Further, the bottom surface of each gap 47 is flush with the upper surface of the central portion 40C of the banknote storage 28A.
 さらに、紙幣収納庫28Aの中央部40Cの上面には、前側搬送ガイド42の左右両端の隙間47のそれぞれの前方近傍に、後述する受渡搬送部30Aの下側ローラ100Lが嵌合する前後方向に延びる溝(これを下側溝と呼ぶ)48が形成されている。この下側溝48は、左右方向から見た断面が台形状となっている。収納庫側ガイド部41は、前側搬送ガイド42及び後側搬送ガイド43とこの下側溝48とで構成される。紙幣収納庫28Aの上端部の構成は、以上のようになっている。他の紙幣収納庫28B~28E、及びリジェクト庫29の上端部の構成も、基本的に同様の構成となっている。尚、紙幣収納庫28A~28E及びリジェクト庫29のそれぞれの上端部に設けられた収納庫側ガイド部41は、前後方向の位置は異なるが、左右方向の位置、及び上下方向の位置は等しくなっている。 Further, on the upper surface of the central portion 40C of the banknote storage 28A, in the front-rear direction in which lower rollers 100L of the delivery conveyance unit 30A described later are fitted in the vicinity of the fronts of the gaps 47 at the left and right ends of the front conveyance guide 42, respectively. An extending groove (this is called a lower groove) 48 is formed. The lower groove 48 has a trapezoidal cross section viewed from the left-right direction. The storage-side guide portion 41 includes a front conveyance guide 42 and a rear conveyance guide 43 and the lower groove 48. The configuration of the upper end portion of the banknote storage 28A is as described above. The configurations of the upper end portions of the other banknote storages 28B to 28E and the rejection store 29 are basically the same. The storage-side guide portions 41 provided at the upper ends of the banknote storages 28A to 28E and the reject storage 29 have different positions in the front-rear direction, but have the same left-right position and vertical position. ing.
 次に、受渡搬送部30Aの上方に位置する搬送部24の下端部(搬送路24Raが形成されている部分)の構成について説明する。図4の三面図に示すように、受渡搬送部30Aの上方に位置する搬送部24の下端部は、左右方向(すなわち幅方向)の両端部60L、60Rを除く中央部60Cが両端部60L、60Rよりも一段高く形成されている。そして、この中央部60Cの後寄りに、受渡搬送部30Aとの間で搬送される紙幣をガイドする搬送部側ガイド部61が設けられている。 Next, the configuration of the lower end portion (portion where the conveyance path 24Ra is formed) of the conveyance unit 24 positioned above the delivery conveyance unit 30A will be described. As shown in the trihedral view of FIG. 4, the lower end portion of the transport unit 24 located above the delivery transport unit 30 </ b> A has a central portion 60 </ b> C excluding both end portions 60 </ b> L and 60 </ b> R in the left-right direction (that is, the width direction). It is formed one step higher than 60R. And the conveyance part side guide part 61 which guides the banknote conveyed between 30 A of delivery conveyance parts at the back of this center part 60C is provided.
 搬送部側ガイド部61は、収納庫側ガイド部41と同様、前側に配置された前側搬送ガイド62と、後側に配置された後側搬送ガイド63とを有している。前側搬送ガイド62と後側搬送ガイド63は、所定の間隔(例えば5[mm])を空けて配置されていて、前側搬送ガイド62と後側搬送ガイド63との間の隙間が、紙幣の紙面を前後方向に向けて上下方向に搬送する搬送部側搬送路64となっている。つまり、この搬送部側搬送路64は、上下方向が搬送方向、左右方向が幅方向となっている。尚、この搬送部側搬送路64が、図2に示した搬送路24Raである。 The conveyance part side guide part 61 has the front side conveyance guide 62 arrange | positioned at the front side similarly to the storage side guide part 41, and the rear side conveyance guide 63 arrange | positioned at the back side. The front conveyance guide 62 and the rear conveyance guide 63 are arranged with a predetermined interval (for example, 5 [mm]), and the gap between the front conveyance guide 62 and the rear conveyance guide 63 is the paper surface of the banknote. It becomes the conveyance part side conveyance path 64 which conveys to the up-down direction toward the front-back direction. That is, the conveyance unit side conveyance path 64 has a vertical direction as a conveyance direction and a horizontal direction as a width direction. In addition, this conveyance part side conveyance path 64 is conveyance path 24Ra shown in FIG.
 後側搬送ガイド63は、前面が平坦に形成された本体部65の下端に、左右方向(搬送部側搬送路64の幅方向)に沿って複数のリブ66が左右方向に隙間67を空けて離散的に配置されている。因みに本体部65には、左右方向の長さ(つまり幅)が異なる複数種類のリブ66が所定の順序で配置されている。また、各リブ66は、それぞれ直方体状に形成されており、それぞれの前面及び下面の位置が揃えられている。さらに、各リブ66の前面は、本体部65の前面と連続していて、さらにリブ66の前側下端部は、角を切り落としたような傾斜面となっている。 The rear conveyance guide 63 has a plurality of ribs 66 at the lower end of the main body portion 65 formed with a flat front surface along the left-right direction (the width direction of the conveyance-unit-side conveyance path 64) with a gap 67 left and right. Discretely arranged. Incidentally, a plurality of types of ribs 66 having different lengths (that is, widths) in the left-right direction are arranged in the main body portion 65 in a predetermined order. Each rib 66 is formed in a rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the positions of the front surface and the lower surface are aligned. Furthermore, the front surface of each rib 66 is continuous with the front surface of the main body 65, and the front lower end of the rib 66 is an inclined surface with corners cut off.
 一方、前側搬送ガイド62は、後側搬送ガイド63と前後対称の構成となっている。つまり、前側搬送ガイド62も、左右方向に沿って所定の間隔でなる隙間67を空けて配置された複数のリブ66を有している。そして、前側搬送ガイド62と後側搬送ガイド63は、対向する後面と前面とが平行で、且つ左右方向及び上下方向に各リブ66の位置が揃うようにして配置されている。尚、対向する前側搬送ガイド62の後面及び後側搬送ガイド63の前面は、それぞれ紙幣をガイドするガイド面となっている。また、各隙間67の天井面は、搬送部24の中央部60Cの下面と同一面となっている。 On the other hand, the front conveyance guide 62 is symmetrical with the rear conveyance guide 63. That is, the front conveyance guide 62 also has a plurality of ribs 66 that are arranged with a gap 67 formed at a predetermined interval along the left-right direction. The front conveyance guide 62 and the rear conveyance guide 63 are arranged so that the opposed rear surface and front surface are parallel, and the positions of the ribs 66 are aligned in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction. Note that the rear surface of the front conveyance guide 62 and the front surface of the rear conveyance guide 63 that face each other are guide surfaces that guide bills. Further, the ceiling surface of each gap 67 is flush with the lower surface of the central portion 60 </ b> C of the transport unit 24.
 さらに、中央部60Cの下面には、搬送部側ガイド部61の前側搬送ガイド62の左右両端の隙間67のそれぞれの前方近傍に、後述する受渡搬送部30Aの上側ローラ100Uが嵌合する前後方向に延びる溝(これを上側溝と呼ぶ)68が形成されている。この上側溝68は、左右方向から見た断面が台形状となっている。搬送部側ガイド部61は、前側搬送ガイド62及び後側搬送ガイド63とこの上側溝68とで構成される。受渡搬送部30Aの上方に位置する搬送部24の下端部(搬送路24Raが形成されている部分)の構成は、以上のようになっている。他の受渡搬送部30B~30Fの上方に位置する搬送部24の下端部(搬送路24Rb~24Rfが形成されている部分)の構成も、基本的に同様の構成となっている。尚、受渡搬送部30A~30Fのそれぞれの上方に設けられた搬送部側ガイド部61は、前後方向の位置は異なるが、左右方向の位置及び上下方向の位置は等しくなっている。 Further, a front-rear direction in which an upper roller 100U of a delivery conveyance unit 30A (described later) is fitted to the lower surface of the central portion 60C in the vicinity of the front of each of the gaps 67 at both left and right ends of the front conveyance guide 62 of the conveyance unit side guide unit 61 A groove 68 (referred to as an upper groove) is formed. The upper groove 68 has a trapezoidal cross section viewed from the left-right direction. The transport unit side guide unit 61 includes a front transport guide 62 and a rear transport guide 63 and the upper groove 68. The configuration of the lower end portion (portion where the transport path 24Ra is formed) of the transport unit 24 positioned above the delivery transport unit 30A is as described above. The configuration of the lower end portion (portion where the conveyance paths 24Rb to 24Rf are formed) of the conveyance unit 24 positioned above the other delivery conveyance units 30B to 30F is basically the same. Note that the conveyance unit side guide unit 61 provided above each of the delivery conveyance units 30A to 30F has a different position in the front-rear direction, but the position in the left-right direction and the position in the vertical direction are the same.
 次に、受渡搬送部30Aの構成について説明する。図5A、図5Bに受渡搬送部30Aの斜視図、図6Aに受渡搬送部30Aを前から見た前面図、図6Bに受渡搬送部30Aを左から見た側面図を示す。尚、図6Bは、後述する受渡フレーム80を省略した図となっている。 Next, the configuration of the delivery transport unit 30A will be described. 5A and 5B are perspective views of the delivery transport unit 30A, FIG. 6A is a front view of the delivery transport unit 30A viewed from the front, and FIG. 6B is a side view of the delivery transport unit 30A viewed from the left. In FIG. 6B, a delivery frame 80 described later is omitted.
 これら図5A~図6Bに示すように、受渡搬送部30Aは、薄板状の受渡フレーム80に各部品が取り付けられた構成となっていて、この受渡フレーム80が、金庫筐体27の上面に設けられた孔の内側に取り付けられている。受渡フレーム80の中央には、左右方向に長く上下方向に貫通する孔80Hが形成されている。この孔80Hの内側に、受渡ガイド部81が取り付けられている。 As shown in FIGS. 5A to 6B, the delivery transport unit 30A has a configuration in which each component is attached to a thin delivery frame 80. The delivery frame 80 is provided on the upper surface of the safe housing 27. Attached to the inside of the hole. In the center of the delivery frame 80, a hole 80H extending in the left-right direction and penetrating in the up-down direction is formed. A delivery guide portion 81 is attached inside the hole 80H.
 受渡ガイド部81は、孔80Hの前寄りに位置する前側搬送ガイド82と、孔80Hの後寄りに位置する後側搬送ガイド83とを有している。前側搬送ガイド82は、後側搬送ガイド83との間に所定の間隔(例えば5[mm])でなる隙間を空けるようにして、後側搬送ガイド83に取り付けられている。この隙間が、紙幣の紙面を前後方向に向け、上下方向に沿って搬送する受渡搬送路84となっている。つまり、この受渡搬送路84は、上下方向が搬送方向、左右方向が幅方向となっている。 The delivery guide portion 81 has a front conveyance guide 82 positioned in front of the hole 80H and a rear conveyance guide 83 positioned in the rear of the hole 80H. The front conveyance guide 82 is attached to the rear conveyance guide 83 so as to leave a gap with a predetermined interval (for example, 5 [mm]) between the front conveyance guide 82 and the rear conveyance guide 83. This gap serves as a delivery conveyance path 84 that conveys the paper surface of the banknote in the front-rear direction and along the vertical direction. That is, in the delivery conveyance path 84, the vertical direction is the conveyance direction and the horizontal direction is the width direction.
 後側搬送ガイド83は、前後方向の長さが、孔80Hの前後方向の長さの3分の1程度で且つ前側搬送ガイド82の前後方向の長さの2分の1程度であり、上下方向の長さが孔80Hの上下方向の長さよりわずかに長く、左右方向の長さ(幅)が孔80Hの左右方向の長さ(幅)よりわずかに短い直方体状の本体部85を中心に構成されている。本体部85は、左右両端部の側面に、前後方向に延びる溝85G(図6B)が形成されていて、この溝85Gに、受渡フレーム80に固定された円柱状の回動軸80Pが挿入されている。この為、後側搬送ガイド83は、前側搬送ガイド82との間に受渡搬送路84を形成した状態のまま前側搬送ガイド82とともに、受渡フレーム80に対して、図6Bに示す基準位置から前後方向にスライドでき、且つ回動軸80Pを中心に図6B中時計回り方向及び反時計回り方向に回転して(すなわち回動して)前後方向に傾くことができるようになっている。尚、一方向及び他方向への回転を回動と呼んでいる。 The rear conveyance guide 83 has a length in the front-rear direction that is about one-third of the length in the front-rear direction of the hole 80H and about one-half of the length in the front-rear direction of the front conveyance guide 82. The length of the direction is slightly longer than the length of the hole 80H in the up-down direction, and the length (width) in the left-right direction is slightly shorter than the length (width) in the left-right direction of the hole 80H. It is configured. In the main body 85, grooves 85G (FIG. 6B) extending in the front-rear direction are formed on the side surfaces of the left and right ends, and a columnar rotation shaft 80P fixed to the delivery frame 80 is inserted into the groove 85G. ing. For this reason, the rear conveyance guide 83 is moved forward and backward from the reference position shown in FIG. 6B with respect to the delivery frame 80 together with the front conveyance guide 82 while the delivery conveyance path 84 is formed between the rear conveyance guide 82 and the front conveyance guide 82. And can be rotated in the clockwise direction and the counterclockwise direction in FIG. 6B (ie, rotated) and tilted in the front-rear direction about the rotation shaft 80P. Note that rotation in one direction and the other direction is called rotation.
 これにより、受渡ガイド部81は、受渡搬送路84を基準位置から前後方向にスライドさせたり、前後方向に傾けたりすることができる。尚、対向する前側搬送ガイド82の後面と後側搬送ガイド83の前面は、常に平行であり、それぞれ紙幣をガイドするガイド面となっている。 Thereby, the delivery guide part 81 can slide the delivery conveyance path 84 in the front-rear direction from the reference position or tilt it in the front-rear direction. Note that the rear surface of the opposed front conveyance guide 82 and the front surface of the rear conveyance guide 83 are always parallel to each other and serve as guide surfaces for guiding bills.
 さらに、後側搬送ガイド83の本体部85は、下端に、左右方向(受渡搬送路84の幅方向)に沿って複数のリブ86Lが隙間87Lを空けて離散的に配置されている。各リブ86Lは、小さな直方体状に形成されており、それぞれの前面及び下面の位置を互いに揃えている。各リブ86Lの左右方向の位置及び長さは、受渡搬送部30Aの下方に位置する収納庫側ガイド部41に形成された各リブ46と相補的に定められている。すなわち、本体部85の下端に設けられた各リブ86Lの左右方向の位置及び長さは、収納庫側ガイド部41の各隙間47とそれぞれ対応していて、本体部85の下端に設けられた各隙間87Lの左右方向の位置及び長さは、収納庫側ガイド部41の各リブ46とそれぞれ対応している。また、各リブ86Lの前後方向の長さは、収納庫側ガイド部41の各リブ46とほぼ等しくなっている。 Furthermore, the main body 85 of the rear conveyance guide 83 has a plurality of ribs 86L discretely arranged at the lower end along the left-right direction (width direction of the delivery conveyance path 84) with gaps 87L. Each rib 86L is formed in a small rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the positions of the front surface and the lower surface are aligned with each other. The positions and lengths of the ribs 86L in the left-right direction are determined in a complementary manner to the ribs 46 formed in the storage-side guide part 41 located below the delivery transport unit 30A. That is, the position and length of each rib 86 </ b> L in the left-right direction provided at the lower end of the main body portion 85 correspond to each gap 47 of the storage-side guide portion 41 and are provided at the lower end of the main body portion 85. The positions and lengths of the gaps 87L in the left-right direction correspond to the ribs 46 of the storage-side guide part 41, respectively. The length of each rib 86L in the front-rear direction is substantially equal to each rib 46 of the storage-side guide portion 41.
 また、後側搬送ガイド83の本体部85は、上端に、左右方向(受渡搬送路84の幅方向)に沿って複数のリブ86Uが左右方向に隙間87Uを空けて離散的に配置されている。各リブ86Uは、小さな直方体状に形成されており、それぞれの前面及び下面の位置を互いに揃えている。各リブ86Uの左右方向の位置及び長さは、受渡搬送部30Aの上方に位置する搬送部側ガイド部61に形成された各リブ66と相補的に定められている。すなわち、本体部85の上端に設けられた各リブ86Uの左右方向の位置及び長さは、搬送部側ガイド部61の各隙間67とそれぞれ対応していて、本体部85の上端に形成された各隙間87Uの左右方向の位置及び長さは、搬送部側ガイド部61の各リブ66とそれぞれ対応している。また、各リブ86Uの前後方向の長さは、搬送部側ガイド部61の各リブ66とほぼ等しくなっている。 The main body 85 of the rear conveyance guide 83 has a plurality of ribs 86U discretely arranged at the upper end along the left-right direction (width direction of the delivery conveyance path 84) with gaps 87U left and right. . Each rib 86U is formed in a small rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the positions of the front surface and the lower surface are aligned with each other. The positions and lengths of the ribs 86U in the left-right direction are determined in a complementary manner to the ribs 66 formed in the transport unit side guide unit 61 located above the delivery transport unit 30A. That is, the position and length in the left-right direction of each rib 86 </ b> U provided at the upper end of the main body portion 85 correspond to each gap 67 of the conveyance portion side guide portion 61 and are formed at the upper end of the main body portion 85. The positions and lengths of the gaps 87U in the left-right direction correspond to the ribs 66 of the transport unit side guide unit 61, respectively. The lengths of the ribs 86U in the front-rear direction are substantially equal to the ribs 66 of the transport unit side guide unit 61.
 一方、前側搬送ガイド82は、前後方向の長さが後側搬送ガイド83の2倍程度(孔80Hの前後方向の長さの3分の2程度)である点などを除き、後側搬送ガイド83とほぼ前後対称に構成されている。すなわち、前側搬送ガイド82は、後側搬送ガイド83と同様、本体部95の下端に複数のリブ96Lが隙間97Lを空けて離散的に配置されているとともに、本体部95の上端に複数のリブ96Uが隙間97Uを空けて離散的に配置されている。下側の各リブ96Lの左右方向の位置及び長さは、受渡搬送部30Aの下方に位置する収納庫側ガイド部41に形成された各リブ46と相補的に定められている。また、下側の各リブ96Lの前後方向の長さは、収納庫側ガイド部41の各リブ46より長くなっている。一方、上側の各リブ96Uの左右方向の位置及び長さは、受渡搬送部30Aの上方に位置する搬送部側ガイド部61に形成された各リブ66と相補的に定められている。また、上側の各リブ96Uの前後方向の長さは、搬送部側ガイド部61の各リブ66より長くなっている。 On the other hand, the front conveyance guide 82 has a length in the front-rear direction that is about twice that of the rear conveyance guide 83 (about two-thirds of the length in the front-rear direction of the hole 80H). 83 is substantially symmetric with respect to the front and rear. That is, in the same manner as the rear conveyance guide 83, the front conveyance guide 82 has a plurality of ribs 96L arranged at the lower end of the main body portion 95 with a gap 97L discretely and a plurality of ribs at the upper end of the main body portion 95. 96U are discretely arranged with gaps 97U. The positions and lengths of the lower ribs 96L in the left-right direction are determined in a complementary manner to the ribs 46 formed in the storage-side guide part 41 located below the delivery transport part 30A. Further, the length of each lower rib 96L in the front-rear direction is longer than that of each rib 46 of the storage-side guide portion 41. On the other hand, the position and length of the upper ribs 96U in the left-right direction are determined in a complementary manner to the ribs 66 formed on the transport unit side guide unit 61 located above the delivery transport unit 30A. Further, the lengths of the upper ribs 96U in the front-rear direction are longer than the ribs 66 of the transport unit guide 61.
 このような構成により、受渡搬送部30Aは、下部ユニット22が入出金機筐体20の内部に収納されたときには、図6Aに示すように、下側の各リブ86L、96Lが、紙幣収納庫28Aの収納庫側ガイド部41に形成された各隙間47に入り込むとともに、下側の各隙間87L、97Lに、収納庫側ガイド部41に形成された各リブ46が入り込むようになっている。このようにして受渡ガイド部81と収納庫側ガイド部41が連結される。 With such a configuration, when the lower unit 22 is housed in the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20, the delivery / conveyance unit 30A has the ribs 86L and 96L on the lower side as shown in FIG. Each of the ribs 46 formed in the storage-side guide portion 41 is inserted into each of the clearances 87L and 97L on the lower side while entering the clearances 47 formed in the storage-side guide portion 41 of 28A. In this way, the delivery guide part 81 and the storage-side guide part 41 are connected.
 さらに、受渡搬送部30Aは、上部ユニット21が入出金機筐体20の内部に収納されたときには、上側の各リブ86U、96Uが、搬送部24の搬送部側ガイド部61に形成された各隙間67に入り込むとともに、上側の各隙間87U、97Uに、搬送部側ガイド部61に形成された各リブ66が入り込むようになっている。このようにして受渡ガイド部81と搬送部側ガイド部61が連結される。 Further, in the delivery transport unit 30A, when the upper unit 21 is housed in the depositing machine housing 20, the upper ribs 86U and 96U are formed on the transport unit side guide unit 61 of the transport unit 24. In addition to entering the gap 67, the ribs 66 formed in the conveyance section side guide section 61 are inserted into the upper gaps 87U and 97U. In this way, the delivery guide part 81 and the transport part side guide part 61 are connected.
 このように、受渡ガイド部81と収納庫側ガイド部41及び搬送部側ガイド部61とが連結されることにより、受渡搬送部30Aの受渡搬送路84の上端が上部ユニット21側の搬送部側搬送路64(すなわち搬送路24Ra)の下端と接続され、受渡搬送路84の下端が紙幣収納庫28A側の収納庫側搬送路44の上端と接続される。 Thus, the delivery guide part 81, the storage side guide part 41, and the transport part side guide part 61 are connected, so that the upper end of the delivery transport path 84 of the delivery transport part 30A is on the transport part side on the upper unit 21 side. The lower end of the transport path 64 (that is, the transport path 24Ra) is connected, and the lower end of the delivery transport path 84 is connected to the upper end of the storage case side transport path 44 on the banknote storage 28A side.
 このような構成にくわえて、受渡搬送部30Aは、前側搬送ガイド82に設けられた上側のリブ96Uのうち、左右両端のリブ96Uの内部の前側(すなわちガイド面とは反対側)に、リブ96Uより薄い円盤状のローラ(これを上側ローラと呼ぶ)100Uが、リブ96Uの上面(すなわち搬送部側ガイド部61と対向する面)の前側に設けられた孔から一部が上方に(すなわち搬送部側ガイド部61側に)突出するようにして取り付けられている。尚、左右両端のリブ96Uは同一構造であり、左右の上側ローラ100Uも同一構造となっている。 In addition to such a configuration, the delivery conveyance unit 30A has ribs on the front side (that is, the side opposite to the guide surface) inside the ribs 96U on the left and right ends of the upper ribs 96U provided on the front conveyance guide 82. A disk-shaped roller (which is referred to as an upper roller) 100U thinner than 96U is partly upward (ie, from a hole provided on the front side of the upper surface of the rib 96U (that is, the surface facing the conveyance unit side guide unit 61) (that is, It is attached so as to protrude (to the conveying section side guide section 61 side). The ribs 96U at the left and right ends have the same structure, and the left and right upper rollers 100U have the same structure.
 ここで、図7Aに、前側搬送ガイド82を左から見た側面図を示す。尚、この側面図は、前側搬送ガイド82の内部構成を分かり易くする為、内部を露出させた図となっている。また、図8Aに、上側ローラ100Uが取り付けられているリブ96Uを左から見た側面図、及び後から見たJ-J断面図を示す。これら図7A、図8Bに示すように、上側ローラ100Uが取り付けられているリブ96U内部の左右両側面には、上下方向に延びる摺動溝101Uが形成されている。一方、上側ローラ100Uは、棒状部材をコの字に折り曲げたようなコの字型の摺動部材102に組み付けられている。具体的に、上側ローラ100Uは、回転中心を貫く孔に、摺動部材102の対向する2本の軸102A、102Bの一方(軸102A)が挿入されることで、摺動部材102に組み付けられている。 Here, FIG. 7A shows a side view of the front conveyance guide 82 as viewed from the left. This side view is a view in which the inside is exposed in order to facilitate understanding of the internal configuration of the front conveyance guide 82. FIG. 8A shows a side view of the rib 96U to which the upper roller 100U is attached as viewed from the left, and a JJ cross-sectional view as viewed from the rear. As shown in FIGS. 7A and 8B, sliding grooves 101U extending in the vertical direction are formed on the left and right side surfaces inside the rib 96U to which the upper roller 100U is attached. On the other hand, the upper roller 100U is assembled to a U-shaped sliding member 102 obtained by bending a rod-shaped member into a U-shape. Specifically, the upper roller 100U is assembled to the sliding member 102 by inserting one of the two opposing shafts 102A and 102B (the shaft 102A) of the sliding member 102 into a hole penetrating the rotation center. ing.
 そして、上側ローラ100Uが組み付けられた摺動部材102が、上側ローラ100Uに挿入されている一方の軸102Aを上側、他方の軸102Bを下側とする向きで、リブ96U内部の左右両側面に設けられた摺動溝101Uに挿入されている。尚、この摺動溝101Uは、上端側がリブ96Uの上面まで延びていて、下端側が本体部95まで延びている。摺動部材102は、2本の軸102A、102Bの先端部分が、左右両側面に設けられた摺動溝101Uのうちの一方に挿入され、2本の軸102A、102Bをつなぐ中間部分102Cが、他方の摺動溝101Uに挿入されている。このようにして、上側ローラ100Uは、上下方向に摺動可能で、且つ受渡搬送部30Aの幅方向に平行な回動軸(軸102A)を中心に回動可能な状態で、リブ96Uに保持されている。 Then, the sliding member 102 assembled with the upper roller 100U is placed on the left and right side surfaces inside the rib 96U with the one shaft 102A inserted into the upper roller 100U being the upper side and the other shaft 102B being the lower side. It is inserted into the provided sliding groove 101U. The sliding groove 101U has an upper end extending to the upper surface of the rib 96U and a lower end extending to the main body 95. In the sliding member 102, the tip portions of the two shafts 102A and 102B are inserted into one of the sliding grooves 101U provided on both the left and right side surfaces, and an intermediate portion 102C connecting the two shafts 102A and 102B is formed. The other sliding groove 101U is inserted. In this way, the upper roller 100U is slidable in the vertical direction, and is held by the rib 96U in a state of being rotatable about a rotation shaft (shaft 102A) parallel to the width direction of the delivery conveyance unit 30A. Has been.
 また、受渡搬送部30Aは、前側搬送ガイド82に設けられた下側の左右両端のリブ96Lの内部の前側(すなわちガイド面とは反対側)にも、上側ローラ100Uと同様の下側ローラ100Lが取り付けられている。尚、左右両端のリブ96Lは同一構造であり、左右の下側ローラ100Lも同一構造となっている。また、左右両端の下側のリブ96Lは、左右両端の上側のリブ96Uと上下対称の構造となっている。すなわち、この下側ローラ100Lも、上側ローラ100Uと同様、摺動部材102に組み付けられていて、この摺動部材102が、リブ96L内部の左右両側面に設けられた上下方向に延びる摺動溝101Lに挿入されていることで、上下方向に摺動可能で、且つ受渡搬送部30Aの幅方向に平行な回動軸(軸102A)を中心に回動可能な状態で、リブ96Lに保持されている。 In addition, the delivery conveyance unit 30A also has a lower roller 100L similar to the upper roller 100U on the front side (that is, the side opposite to the guide surface) of the ribs 96L on the lower left and right ends provided in the front conveyance guide 82. Is attached. The left and right ribs 96L have the same structure, and the left and right lower rollers 100L have the same structure. The lower ribs 96L on the left and right ends have a vertically symmetrical structure with the upper ribs 96U on the left and right ends. That is, the lower roller 100L is also assembled to the sliding member 102 in the same manner as the upper roller 100U, and the sliding member 102 is a sliding groove extending in the vertical direction provided on the left and right side surfaces inside the rib 96L. By being inserted into 101L, it is held by the rib 96L while being slidable in the vertical direction and rotatable about a rotation shaft (shaft 102A) parallel to the width direction of the delivery / conveyance section 30A. ing.
 さらに、前側搬送ガイド82は、左右両端内部に、それぞれトーションスプリング103が組み込まれている。図7A、図7Bにくわえて図6A、図6Bにも示すように、トーションスプリング103は、巻回部103Aが、本体部95内部に中心軸方向が受渡搬送部30Aの幅方向と平行になる向きで取り付けられていて、上側のアーム(これを上側アームと呼ぶ)103Uが、本体部95から、上側ローラ100Uが取り付けられているリブ96U内へと延び、下側のアーム(これを下側アームと呼ぶ)103Lが、本体部95から、下側ローラ100Lが取り付けられているリブ96L内へと延びている。 Further, the front conveyance guide 82 has torsion springs 103 incorporated in the left and right ends, respectively. As shown in FIGS. 6A and 6B in addition to FIGS. 7A and 7B, the torsion spring 103 has a winding portion 103A in which the central axis direction is parallel to the width direction of the delivery conveyance portion 30A inside the main body portion 95. The upper arm 103U (referred to as the upper arm) extends in the direction from the main body 95 into the rib 96U to which the upper roller 100U is attached, and the lower arm (this is the lower arm). 103L extends from the main body portion 95 into the rib 96L to which the lower roller 100L is attached.
 このトーションスプリング103は、巻回部103Aの前側と後側とがスプリング保持部材104に挟持されることで本体部95に固定されている。そして、トーションスプリング103は、図8Aに示すように、上側アーム103Uの先端部分が、上側ローラ100Uの下端と、上側ローラ100Uを支持する摺動部材102の下側の軸102Bとの間に挿入され、同様に、下側アーム103Lの先端部分が、下側ローラ100Lの下端と、下側ローラ100Lを支持する摺動部材102の上側の軸102Bとの間に挿入されている。このようにして、前側搬送ガイド82に組み込まれたトーションスプリング103は、上側ローラ100Uと下側ローラ100Lを開く方向に付勢力を発生する。よって、上側ローラ100Uは、上側アーム103Uにより上方(すなわち搬送部側ガイド部61側)に付勢され、下側ローラ100Lは、下側アーム103Lにより下方(すなわち収納庫側ガイド部41側)に付勢される。尚、トーションスプリング103の上側アーム103U及び下側アーム103Lのそれぞれの径は、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lの軸方向の長さ(つまり幅)より十分狭くなっている。 The torsion spring 103 is fixed to the main body portion 95 by sandwiching the front side and the rear side of the winding portion 103A between the spring holding members 104. Then, as shown in FIG. 8A, the torsion spring 103 is inserted at the tip of the upper arm 103U between the lower end of the upper roller 100U and the lower shaft 102B of the sliding member 102 that supports the upper roller 100U. Similarly, the tip of the lower arm 103L is inserted between the lower end of the lower roller 100L and the upper shaft 102B of the sliding member 102 that supports the lower roller 100L. In this way, the torsion spring 103 incorporated in the front conveyance guide 82 generates a biasing force in a direction to open the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L. Therefore, the upper roller 100U is urged upward (that is, the conveyance unit side guide unit 61 side) by the upper arm 103U, and the lower roller 100L is moved downward (that is, the storage unit side guide unit 41 side) by the lower arm 103L. Be energized. The diameters of the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L of the torsion spring 103 are sufficiently narrower than the axial lengths (that is, the widths) of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L.
 さらに、上側ローラ100Uが取り付けられているリブ96Uの内部には、図7Aに示すように、上側アーム103Uの位置を規定する上側ストッパ105Uが設けられ、下側ローラ100Lが取り付けられているリブ96Lの内部には、下側アーム103Lの位置を規定する下側ストッパ105Lが設けられている。これら上側ストッパ105U及び下側ストッパ105Lは、上側アーム103Uと下側アーム103Lとの開き量を規制するストッパであり、例えば、リブ96U及びリブ96Lと一体成型されている。 Further, as shown in FIG. 7A, an upper stopper 105U that defines the position of the upper arm 103U is provided inside the rib 96U to which the upper roller 100U is attached, and the rib 96L to which the lower roller 100L is attached. Is provided with a lower stopper 105L for defining the position of the lower arm 103L. The upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L are stoppers that regulate the opening amount of the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L, and are integrally molded with the rib 96U and the rib 96L, for example.
 そして、図7A及び図8Aに示すように、トーションスプリング103は、上側アーム103Uが上側ストッパ105Uに当接するとともに、下側アーム103Lが下側ストッパ105Lに当接するときに、上側アーム103Uと下側アーム103Lとの上下方向の間隔が最も開いた状態(つまり開き量が最大となった状態)となる。このとき、受渡搬送部30Aは、上側ローラ100Uの上方への突出量が最大となり、下側ローラ100Lの下方への突出量が最大となる。またこのとき、上側ローラ100Uと摺動部材102との間に入り込んだ上側アーム103Uが摺動部材102の軸102Bに当接することで、この摺動部材102の上方(突出方向)への摺動が規制され、同様にして、下側アーム103Lにより下側ローラ100Lの摺動部材102の下方(突出方向)への摺動が規制される。これにより、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lは、それ以上、突出しないようになっている。 7A and 8A, the torsion spring 103 is configured so that the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103U are in contact with the upper arm 103U when the upper arm 103U contacts the upper stopper 105U and the lower arm 103L contacts the lower stopper 105L. The state in which the vertical distance from the arm 103L is the most open (that is, the amount of opening is maximized) is obtained. At this time, in the delivery conveyance unit 30A, the upward protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U is maximized, and the downward protrusion amount of the lower roller 100L is maximized. At this time, the upper arm 103U that has entered between the upper roller 100U and the sliding member 102 comes into contact with the shaft 102B of the sliding member 102, so that the sliding member 102 slides upward (in the protruding direction). Similarly, the lower arm 103L restricts the lower roller 100L from sliding downward (in the protruding direction) of the sliding member 102. Thereby, the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L do not protrude any more.
 つまり、このとき、上側ストッパ105U、下側ストッパ105L、上側アーム103U及び下側アーム103Lにより、摺動部材102の突出方向への摺動が規制され、これにより上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lの突出量が規制される。 In other words, at this time, the upper stopper 105U, the lower stopper 105L, the upper arm 103U, and the lower arm 103L restrict the sliding of the sliding member 102 in the protruding direction, and thereby the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L The amount of protrusion is regulated.
 また、図7Aに示すように、上側ストッパ105U及び下側ストッパ105Lにおける、上側アーム103U及び下側アーム103Lと当接する当接面の角度は、当接面に当接するときの上側アーム103U及び下側アーム103Lの角度とほぼ一致するようになっている。これにより、上側ストッパ105U及び下側ストッパ105Lと上側アーム103U及び下側アーム103Lとの当接面積が大きくなり、上側ストッパ105U及び下側ストッパ105Lと上側アーム103U及び下側アーム103Lとが当接したときに、上側アーム103U及び下側アーム103Lに対して局所的に大きな力がくわわって変形してしまうことなどを防ぐことができる。 Further, as shown in FIG. 7A, the angles of the contact surfaces of the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L that contact the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L are the same as the upper arm 103U and the lower stopper 105A when they contact the contact surface. The angle substantially coincides with the angle of the side arm 103L. As a result, the contact area between the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L and the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L increases, and the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L contact with the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L. In this case, it is possible to prevent a large force from locally acting on the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L to be deformed.
 また一方で、図7B、図8Bに示すように、上側ローラ100Uは、上側ローラ100Uを支持する摺動部材102の下側の軸102Bが、リブ96U内部に形成されている摺動溝101Uの下端に当接したとき、上方への突出量が最小となる。同様に、下側ローラ100Lは、下側ローラ100Lを支持する摺動部材102の上側の軸102Bが、リブ96L内部に形成されている摺動溝101Lの上端に当接したとき、下方への突出量が最小となる。このとき、トーションスプリング103は、上側アーム103Uと下側アーム103Lとの上下方向の間隔が最も閉じた状態となる。このように、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lは、所定の範囲内で、上下方向に摺動可能となっている。 On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 7B and FIG. 8B, the upper roller 100U includes a sliding shaft 101B in which a lower shaft 102B that supports the upper roller 100U is formed in the rib 96U. When coming into contact with the lower end, the upward protrusion is minimized. Similarly, the lower roller 100L moves downward when the upper shaft 102B of the sliding member 102 supporting the lower roller 100L comes into contact with the upper end of the sliding groove 101L formed in the rib 96L. The amount of protrusion is minimized. At this time, the torsion spring 103 is in a state in which the vertical distance between the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L is most closed. As described above, the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L are slidable in the vertical direction within a predetermined range.
 ところで、トーションスプリング103は、上側アーム103Uと下側アーム103Lが、巻回部103Aの中心軸方向(これを巻回軸方向と呼ぶ)にオフセットしている(つまりずれている)。この為、上側アーム103Uにより上側ローラ100Uを付勢し、下側アーム103Lにより下側ローラ100Lを付勢する為には、図6Aに示すように、前側搬送ガイド82の左端に設けられた上側ローラ100Uと下側ローラ100Lの位置、及び右端に設けられた上側ローラ100Uと下側ローラ100Lの位置を、それぞれ上側アーム103Uと下側アーム103Lのオフセット方向(前側搬送ガイド82の幅方向)にずらさなくてはならない。そこで、受渡搬送部30Aでは、前側搬送ガイド82の上側の左右両端のリブ96Uと下側の左右両端のリブ96Lを、上側アーム103Uと下側アーム103Lのオフセットに合わせて幅方向にずれた位置に配置することで、左右両端の上側ローラ100Uと下側ローラ100Lの位置をオフセット方向にずらしている。 Incidentally, in the torsion spring 103, the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L are offset (that is, shifted) in the central axis direction of the winding portion 103A (referred to as the winding axis direction). Therefore, in order to urge the upper roller 100U by the upper arm 103U and urge the lower roller 100L by the lower arm 103L, as shown in FIG. 6A, an upper side provided at the left end of the front conveyance guide 82 is used. The positions of the roller 100U and the lower roller 100L and the positions of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L provided at the right end are respectively set in the offset direction of the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L (the width direction of the front conveyance guide 82). I have to shift. Therefore, in the delivery conveyance section 30A, the upper and lower ribs 96U and the lower left and right ribs 96L of the front conveyance guide 82 are shifted in the width direction in accordance with the offset between the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L. The positions of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L at the left and right ends are shifted in the offset direction.
 また、受渡搬送部30Aは、後側搬送ガイド83についても、前側搬送ガイド82と前後対称となるよう、上側の左右両端のリブ86Uと下側の左右両端のリブ86Lが、幅方向にずれた位置に配置されている。 In addition, the delivery conveyance section 30A also has the upper and lower ribs 86U and the lower left and right ribs 86L displaced in the width direction so that the rear conveyance guide 83 is also symmetrical with the front conveyance guide 82 in the front-rear direction. Placed in position.
 受渡搬送部30Aの構成は、以上のようになっている。この受渡搬送部30Aは、受渡ガイド部81の下側の左右両端に位置する下側ローラ100Lが、収納庫側ガイド部41の左右両端の下側溝48に嵌合することで、受渡ガイド部81と収納庫側ガイド部41との間の前後方向の位置を規定する。また、受渡搬送部30Aは、受渡ガイド部81の上側の左右両端に位置する上側ローラ100Uが、搬送部側ガイド部61の左右両端の上側溝68に嵌合することで、受渡ガイド部81と搬送部側ガイド部61との間の前後方向の位置を規定する。他の受渡搬送部30B~30Fの構成も、基本的に同様の構成となっている。尚、受渡搬送部30A~30Fがそれぞれ有する受渡ガイド部81は、前後方向の位置は異なるが、左右方向の位置及び上下方向の位置は等しくなっている。 The configuration of the delivery conveyance unit 30A is as described above. The delivery conveying unit 30A is configured such that the lower rollers 100L positioned at the lower left and right ends of the delivery guide unit 81 are fitted in the lower grooves 48 of the left and right ends of the storage-side guide unit 41, thereby delivering the delivery guide unit 81. And a position in the front-rear direction between the storage unit side guide part 41 and the storage unit side guide part 41. In addition, the delivery conveyance unit 30A is configured so that the upper rollers 100U located on the left and right ends on the upper side of the delivery guide unit 81 are fitted in the upper grooves 68 on the left and right ends of the delivery unit side guide unit 61. A position in the front-rear direction between the conveyance unit side guide unit 61 is defined. The other delivery / conveyance units 30B to 30F have basically the same configuration. The delivery guide portions 81 included in the delivery transport units 30A to 30F have different positions in the front-rear direction, but have the same horizontal position and vertical position.
[1-4.受渡搬送部の動作]
 次に、入出金機筐体20内に上部ユニット21を収納するとき、及び入出金機筐体20内に下部ユニット22を収納するときの受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)の動作について説明する。
[1-4. Operation of the delivery transport unit]
Next, the operation of the delivery transport unit 30 (30A to 30F) when the upper unit 21 is stored in the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20 and when the lower unit 22 is stored in the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20 will be described. .
 入出金機筐体20から上部ユニット21が後方(すなわち受渡搬送路84の搬送方向及び幅方向と直交する方向)に引き出され、且つ入出金機筐体20から下部ユニット22が後方に引き出されたとき、受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)は、それぞれ金庫筐体27に対して、前後方向(すなわち引出方向及び収納方向)にスライド可能で、且つ左右方向に平行な回動軸80Pを中心に回動可能な状態となっている。さらに、受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)は、左右2個の上側ローラ100Uの上方への突出量、及び左右2個の下側ローラ100Lの下方への突出量が最大となっている。 The upper unit 21 is pulled out from the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20 to the rear (that is, the direction orthogonal to the conveying direction and the width direction of the delivery conveying path 84), and the lower unit 22 is pulled out from the depositing / dispensing device housing 20 to the rear. At this time, the delivery transport unit 30 (30A to 30F) is slidable in the front-rear direction (that is, the pull-out direction and the storage direction) with respect to the safe casing 27, and is centered on a rotation shaft 80P parallel to the left-right direction. It is in a rotatable state. Further, in the delivery / conveyance unit 30 (30A to 30F), the upward protrusion amount of the two left and right upper rollers 100U and the downward protrusion amount of the two left and right lower rollers 100L are maximum.
 ここで、例えば、入出金機筐体20内部に上部ユニット21を収納する為に、入出金機筐体20の後方から上部ユニット21が入出金機筐体20内部へと向かう前方に押し込まれていくとする。すると、6個の受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)は、それぞれ左右2個の上側ローラ100Uが、6個の搬送部側ガイド部61のそれぞれの左右2個の上側溝68に対する嵌合と離脱を繰り返していく(一番前の受渡搬送部30Fの上側ローラ100Uは嵌合のみ)。そして、最終的に、6個の受渡搬送部30A~30Fは、それぞれ左右2個の上側ローラ100Uが、6個の搬送部側ガイド部61のそれぞれの左右2個の上側溝68に入り込んで嵌合する。 Here, for example, in order to store the upper unit 21 inside the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20, the upper unit 21 is pushed forward from the rear of the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20 toward the inside of the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20. Let's go. Then, in the six delivery conveyance sections 30 (30A to 30F), the two left and right upper rollers 100U are respectively fitted to and detached from the two left and right upper grooves 68 of the six conveyance section side guide sections 61. Is repeated (the upper roller 100U of the front delivery conveyance unit 30F is only fitted). Finally, the six delivery conveyance units 30A to 30F are fitted into the two left and right upper grooves 68 of the six conveyance unit side guides 61 by the two right and left upper rollers 100U. Match.
 この時点で、上部ユニット21の下端に設けられた6個の搬送部側ガイド部61が、6個の受渡搬送部30A~30Fのそれぞれの上方に位置した状態で、受渡搬送部30A~30Fの前後方向の位置が規定される。かくして、上部ユニット21の下端に設けられた6個の搬送部側ガイド部61が、6個の受渡搬送部30A~30Fのそれぞれと連結される。 At this time, the six transport unit side guides 61 provided at the lower end of the upper unit 21 are positioned above the six transport units 30A to 30F, respectively. A position in the front-rear direction is defined. Thus, the six conveyance unit side guides 61 provided at the lower end of the upper unit 21 are connected to each of the six delivery conveyance units 30A to 30F.
 一方で、入出金機筐体20内部に下部ユニット22を収納する為に、入出金機筐体20の後方から下部ユニット22が入出金機筐体20内部へと前方に押し込まれていくとする。すると、6個の受渡搬送部30A~30Fは、上部ユニット21が収納されるときと同様、それぞれ左右2個の下側ローラ100Lが、6個の収納庫側ガイド部41のそれぞれの左右2個の下側溝48に対する嵌合と離脱を繰り返していく(一番前の受渡搬送部30Fの下側ローラ100Lは嵌合のみ)。そして、最終的に、6個の受渡搬送部30A~30Fは、それぞれ左右2個の下側ローラ100Lが、6個の収納庫側ガイド部41のそれぞれの左右2個の下側溝48に入り込んで嵌合する。 On the other hand, in order to store the lower unit 22 inside the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20, it is assumed that the lower unit 22 is pushed forward from the rear of the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20 into the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20. . Then, in the same manner as when the upper unit 21 is accommodated, the six delivery conveyance units 30A to 30F are respectively provided with two left and right lower rollers 100L respectively corresponding to the left and right two of the six storage side guides 41. The fitting and the detachment with respect to the lower groove 48 are repeated (the lower roller 100L of the foremost delivery conveyance unit 30F is only fitted). Finally, in the six delivery conveyance units 30A to 30F, the two left and right lower rollers 100L respectively enter the two left and right lower grooves 48 of the six storage side guides 41. Mating.
 この時点で、紙幣収納庫28(28A~28E)及びリジェクト庫29のそれぞれの上部に設けられた6個の収納庫側ガイド部41が、6個の受渡搬送部30A~30Fのそれぞれの下方に位置した状態で、受渡搬送部30A~30Fの前後方向の位置が規定される。かくして、紙幣収納庫28(28A~28E)及びリジェクト庫29のそれぞれの上部に設けられた6個の収納庫側ガイド部41が、6個の受渡搬送部30A~30Fのそれぞれと連結される。 At this time, the six storage side guides 41 provided at the upper portions of the banknote storage 28 (28A to 28E) and the reject storage 29 are respectively below the six delivery transport units 30A to 30F. In the positioned state, the positions in the front-rear direction of the delivery transport units 30A to 30F are defined. Thus, the six storage-side guides 41 provided on the respective upper portions of the banknote storage 28 (28A to 28E) and the reject storage 29 are connected to the six delivery transport units 30A to 30F, respectively.
 また、現金自動取引装置1では、入出金機筐体20に上部ユニット21を収納した際に、6個の搬送部側ガイド部61の位置が、6個の受渡搬送部30A~30Fのそれぞれの基準位置にある受渡ガイド部81の真上から前後方向にずれる場合がある。また、現金自動取引装置1では、入出金機筐体20に下部ユニット22を収納した際に、6個の収納庫側ガイド部41の位置が、6個の受渡搬送部30A~30Fのそれぞれの基準位置にある受渡ガイド部81の真下から前後方向にずれる場合がある。この為、受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)は、搬送部側ガイド部61の位置及び収納庫側ガイド部41の位置がそれぞれ前後方向にずれても、受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)の受渡搬送路84を、搬送部側ガイド部61の搬送部側搬送路64及び収納庫側ガイド部41の収納庫側搬送路44に接続できるようになっている。 Further, in the automatic teller machine 1, when the upper unit 21 is stored in the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20, the positions of the six conveyance unit side guide units 61 are set to the six delivery conveyance units 30A to 30F. There may be a case where the position is shifted in the front-rear direction from directly above the delivery guide portion 81 at the reference position. Further, in the automatic teller machine 1, when the lower unit 22 is stored in the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20, the positions of the six storage side guides 41 are set to the respective delivery delivery units 30A to 30F. There may be a case where it is displaced in the front-rear direction from directly below the delivery guide portion 81 at the reference position. Therefore, the delivery / conveyance unit 30 (30A to 30F) has a function of the delivery / conveyance unit 30 (30A to 30F) even if the position of the conveyance unit side guide unit 61 and the position of the storage case side guide unit 41 are shifted in the front-rear direction. The delivery conveyance path 84 can be connected to the conveyance section side conveyance path 64 of the conveyance section side guide section 61 and the storage case side conveyance path 44 of the storage section side guide section 41.
 すなわち、受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)は、上述したように、受渡ガイド部81を図6Bに示す基準位置から前後方向にスライド可能で且つ回動軸80Pを中心に回動して前後方向に傾けることが可能であり、これにより、上下方向に延びる受渡搬送路84を前後方向にスライドさせたり、前後方向に傾けたりすることができるようになっている。 That is, as described above, the delivery conveyance unit 30 (30A to 30F) can slide the delivery guide unit 81 in the front-rear direction from the reference position shown in FIG. 6B and can rotate about the rotation shaft 80P to move in the front-rear direction. Thus, the delivery conveyance path 84 extending in the vertical direction can be slid in the front-rear direction or tilted in the front-rear direction.
 この為、例えば、受渡搬送部30Aは、上方の搬送部側ガイド部61の位置が、基準位置にある受渡ガイド部81の真上から前方にずれている場合、この搬送部側ガイド部61の上側溝68に入り込んだ上側ローラ100Uが前方へ引っ張られることにより、受渡ガイド部81が搬送部側ガイド部61に追従して前方にスライドする、又は前方に傾く、もしくは前方にスライドして且つ前方に傾く。これにより、受渡搬送部30Aの受渡搬送路84が搬送部側ガイド部61の搬送部側搬送路64に接続される。 For this reason, for example, when the position of the upper conveyance unit side guide unit 61 is shifted forward from the position directly above the delivery guide unit 81 at the reference position, the delivery unit 30A of the conveyance unit side guide unit 61 When the upper roller 100U that has entered the upper groove 68 is pulled forward, the delivery guide portion 81 follows the conveying portion side guide portion 61 and slides forward, or tilts forward or slides forward and forwards. Lean on. Thereby, the delivery conveyance path 84 of the delivery conveyance unit 30 </ b> A is connected to the conveyance unit side conveyance path 64 of the conveyance unit side guide unit 61.
 また、例えば、受渡搬送部30Aは、下方の収納庫側ガイド部41の位置が、基準位置にある受渡ガイド部81の真下から後方にずれている場合、この収納庫側ガイド部41の下側溝48に下側ローラ100Lが入り込む際に、後方へ引っ張られることにより、受渡ガイド部81が収納庫側ガイド部41に追従して後方にスライドする、又は後方に傾く、もしくは後方にスライドして且つ後方に傾く。これにより、受渡搬送部30Aの受渡搬送路84が収納庫側ガイド部41の収納庫側搬送路44に接続される。 In addition, for example, when the position of the lower storage-side guide part 41 is shifted rearward from directly below the delivery guide part 81 at the reference position, the delivery conveyance unit 30A has a lower groove in the storage-side guide part 41. When the lower roller 100L enters the 48, the delivery guide part 81 slides backward following the storage-side guide part 41 by being pulled backward, or tilts backward or slides backward, and Tilt backwards. Thereby, the delivery conveyance path 84 of the delivery conveyance unit 30 </ b> A is connected to the storage-side conveyance path 44 of the storage-side guide unit 41.
[1-5.まとめ]
 ここまで説明したように、第1の例示的実施形態による現金自動取引装置1の紙幣入出金機10は、金庫筐体27の上面に、金庫筐体27の上方に配置された搬送部24と、金庫筐体27の内部に前後方向に並べて配置された紙幣収納庫28(28A~28E)及びリジェクト庫29との間で紙幣を受け渡す受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)を、前後方向に間隔を空けて複数個設けた。
[1-5. Summary]
As described so far, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 of the automatic teller machine 1 according to the first exemplary embodiment includes the transport unit 24 disposed above the safe housing 27 on the upper surface of the safe housing 27. A delivery conveyance unit 30 (30A to 30F) for transferring banknotes between the banknote storage 28 (28A to 28E) and the reject storage 29 arranged in the front-rear direction inside the safe housing 27 is provided in the front-rear direction. A plurality were provided at intervals.
 さらに、受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)に、前後方向にスライド可能で且つ前後方向に傾くように回動可能な受渡ガイド部81を設けた。さらに、この受渡ガイド部81を構成する前側搬送ガイド82の上側の左右両端に位置する2個のリブ96Uのそれぞれの内部に、リブ96Uの上面から上方に突出するように付勢された上側ローラ100Uを設け、前側搬送ガイド82の下側の左右両端に位置する2個のリブ96Lのそれぞれの内部に、リブ96Lの下面から下方に突出するように付勢された下側ローラ100Lを設けた。 Furthermore, a delivery guide portion 81 that is slidable in the front-rear direction and rotatable so as to tilt in the front-rear direction is provided in the delivery transport unit 30 (30A-30F). Further, an upper roller urged so as to protrude upward from the upper surface of the rib 96U inside each of the two ribs 96U positioned at the left and right ends of the upper side of the front conveyance guide 82 constituting the delivery guide portion 81. 100U is provided, and a lower roller 100L urged so as to protrude downward from the lower surface of the rib 96L is provided in each of the two ribs 96L located at the left and right ends of the lower side of the front conveyance guide 82. .
 一方、受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)の上方(すなわち受渡搬送路84の上端側)に位置する搬送部24の下端部には、受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)の受渡ガイド部81と連結する搬送部側ガイド部61を前後方向に間隔を空けて複数個設けた。さらにこの複数の搬送部側ガイド部61のそれぞれに、受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)のそれぞれに設けられた左右2個の上側ローラ100Uが嵌合する左右2個の上側溝68を設けた。 On the other hand, the lower end of the transport unit 24 located above the delivery transport unit 30 (30A to 30F) (that is, the upper end side of the delivery transport path 84) is connected to the delivery guide unit 81 of the delivery transport unit 30 (30A to 30F). A plurality of conveying unit side guide units 61 to be connected are provided at intervals in the front-rear direction. Further, two left and right upper grooves 68 into which the two left and right upper rollers 100U provided in each of the delivery conveyance sections 30 (30A to 30F) are fitted are provided in each of the plurality of conveyance section side guide sections 61. .
 さらに、受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)の下方(すなわち受渡搬送路84の下端側)に位置する紙幣収納庫28(28A~28E)及びリジェクト庫29のそれぞれの上端部には、受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)の受渡ガイド部81と連結する収納庫側ガイド部41を設けた。さらに収納庫側ガイド部41に、受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)のそれぞれに設けられた左右2個の下側ローラ100Lが嵌合する左右2個の下側溝48を設けた。 Further, the upper ends of the banknote storage 28 (28A to 28E) and the reject storage 29 located below the delivery transport unit 30 (30A to 30F) (that is, the lower end side of the delivery transport path 84) are provided with a delivery transport unit. A storage-side guide portion 41 that is connected to 30 (30A to 30F) delivery guide portions 81 is provided. Further, the left and right two lower grooves 48 in which the left and right two lower rollers 100L provided in each of the delivery / conveyance sections 30 (30A to 30F) are fitted are provided in the storage-side guide section 41.
 これにより、紙幣入出金機10は、入出金機筐体20に上部ユニット21又は下部ユニット22を収納した際に、搬送部側ガイド部61や収納庫側ガイド部41の位置が、受渡ガイド部81の真上から前後方向にずれていても、受渡ガイド部81の上側ローラ100Uと下側ローラ100Lが、それぞれ搬送部側ガイド部61側の上側溝68と、収納庫側ガイド部41側の下側溝48とに嵌合することにともなって、受渡ガイド部81が前後方向にスライドしたり前後方向に傾くことで、受渡ガイド部81を搬送部側ガイド部61及び収納庫側ガイド部41に追従させてこれらと連結させることができる。 Thereby, when the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 stores the upper unit 21 or the lower unit 22 in the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20, the positions of the transport unit side guide unit 61 and the storage unit side guide unit 41 are changed to the delivery guide unit. Even if it is displaced in the front-rear direction from directly above 81, the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L of the delivery guide part 81 are respectively connected to the upper groove 68 on the conveyance part side guide part 61 side and the container side guide part 41 side. As the delivery guide portion 81 slides in the front-rear direction or tilts in the front-rear direction as it fits into the lower groove 48, the delivery guide portion 81 is moved to the transport-side guide portion 61 and the storage-side guide portion 41. It can be made to follow and connect with these.
 かくして、紙幣入出金機10は、受渡ガイド部81に対して搬送部側ガイド部61や収納庫側ガイド部41が前後方向にずれていても、受渡ガイド部81により形成される受渡搬送路84を、搬送部側ガイド部61により形成される搬送部側搬送路64及び収納庫側ガイド部41により形成される収納庫側搬送路44に確実に接続することができる。 Thus, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 has the delivery conveyance path 84 formed by the delivery guide part 81 even if the conveyance part side guide part 61 and the storage part side guide part 41 are displaced in the front-rear direction with respect to the delivery guide part 81. Can be reliably connected to the transport section side transport path 64 formed by the transport section side guide section 61 and the storage section transport path 44 formed by the storage section guide section 41.
 また、紙幣入出金機10は、受渡ガイド部81に設けた2個の上側ローラ100U及び2個の下側ローラ100Lと、搬送部側ガイド部61に設けた2個の上側溝68、及び収納庫側ガイド部41に設けた2個の下側溝48が、全て受渡ガイド部81の左右方向(すなわち幅方向)の両端より内側に配置されている。この為、紙幣入出金機10は、従来のように、受渡ガイド部81の幅方向の外側に、受渡ガイド部81を搬送部側ガイド部61及び収納庫側ガイド部41に追従させる機構を別途設ける必要がなく、従来と比べて、入出金機筐体20の幅方向のサイズを小さくすることができる。かくして、紙幣入出金機10は、従来と比べて、入出金機筐体20を小型化することができ、これにともなって、現金自動取引装置1の装置筐体2についても小型化することができる。 Further, the banknote depositing and dispensing machine 10 includes two upper rollers 100U and two lower rollers 100L provided in the delivery guide portion 81, two upper grooves 68 provided in the conveyance portion side guide portion 61, and storage. The two lower grooves 48 provided in the warehouse-side guide portion 41 are all disposed inside both ends of the delivery guide portion 81 in the left-right direction (that is, the width direction). For this reason, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 has a separate mechanism for causing the delivery guide unit 81 to follow the transport unit side guide unit 61 and the storage unit side guide unit 41 on the outer side in the width direction of the delivery guide unit 81 as in the past. There is no need to provide this, and the size of the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20 in the width direction can be reduced as compared with the conventional case. Thus, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 can reduce the size of the depositing / dispensing machine housing 20 as compared with the conventional case, and the apparatus housing 2 of the automatic teller machine 1 can be miniaturized accordingly. it can.
 さらに、受渡搬送部30は、上側ローラ100Uと下側ローラ100Lを付勢する付勢部材としてトーションスプリング103を用いるようにした。ここで、トーションスプリング103と他の付勢部材(例えばコイルバネ)とを比較すると、トーションスプリング103は、同等の付勢力を発生するコイルバネと比べて、圧縮されたときの端点の間隔(つまり上側ローラ100Uに接する部分と下側ローラ100Lに接する部分との間隔)を狭くできる。つまり、受渡搬送部30は、トーションスプリング103を用いることで、他の付勢部材を用いる場合と比べて、上側ローラ100Uと下側ローラ100Lとが最も近づいたとき(図7Bのとき)の上下方向の間隔を狭くできる。 Furthermore, the delivery conveying unit 30 uses the torsion spring 103 as a biasing member that biases the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L. Here, when the torsion spring 103 is compared with another urging member (for example, a coil spring), the torsion spring 103 is compared with a coil spring that generates the same urging force, the distance between the end points when compressed (that is, the upper roller). The distance between the portion in contact with 100U and the portion in contact with lower roller 100L can be reduced. In other words, the delivery conveyance unit 30 uses the torsion spring 103 to move the upper and lower rollers 100U and the lower roller 100L closer to each other (in the case of FIG. 7B) than in the case where other urging members are used. The direction interval can be narrowed.
 これにより、受渡搬送部30は、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lのストロークを確保しつつ、上側のリブ96Lの上端と下側のリブ96Uの上端との間隔(すなわち受渡搬送路84の長さ)を短くすることができる。尚、受渡搬送部30は、ローラなどの搬送機構を有していない為、受渡搬送路84の長さに制限がある。ゆえに、受渡搬送部30では、トーションスプリング103を用いて受渡搬送路84の長さを短くすることで、受渡搬送路84の長さが制限を超えないようにもなっている。 Thereby, the delivery conveyance unit 30 secures the stroke of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L, and the distance between the upper end of the upper rib 96L and the upper end of the lower rib 96U (that is, the length of the delivery conveyance path 84). ) Can be shortened. In addition, since the delivery conveyance part 30 does not have conveyance mechanisms, such as a roller, the length of the delivery conveyance path 84 has a restriction | limiting. Therefore, in the delivery conveyance unit 30, the length of the delivery conveyance path 84 is shortened by using the torsion spring 103 so that the length of the delivery conveyance path 84 does not exceed the limit.
 さらに、トーションスプリング103は、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lに当接する部分(つまり上側アーム103U及び下側アーム103L)が棒状の為、その径を上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lの幅より容易に狭くすることができる。これに対して、付勢部材として例えばコイルバネを用いる場合、コイルバネは、全体的に円柱状の為、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lに当接する部分の径を、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lの幅より狭くすることが難しい。 Further, since the torsion spring 103 has a rod-shaped portion that contacts the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L (that is, the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L), its diameter is easier than the width of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L. Can be narrowed. On the other hand, when a coil spring is used as the biasing member, for example, the coil spring has a generally cylindrical shape, and therefore, the diameters of the portions in contact with the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L are set to the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L. It is difficult to make it narrower than the width.
 この為、コイルバネを用いる場合、トーションスプリング103を用いる場合と比べて、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lを取り付けるリブ96U及びリブ96Lの幅が大きくなってしまう。リブ96U及びリブ96Lの幅が大きなると、当然のことながら、このリブ96U及びリブ96Lと対向する搬送部側ガイド部61の隙間67及び収納庫側ガイド部41の隙間47の幅も大きくしなければならない。そして、隙間67及び隙間47の幅が大きくなると、その分、紙幣の切れ目や角などが隙間67及び隙間47に入り込み易くなり、この結果、受渡搬送路84内でのジャム(紙幣詰まり)発生確率が上がってしまう。 Therefore, when the coil spring is used, the widths of the rib 96U and the rib 96L to which the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L are attached are larger than when the torsion spring 103 is used. When the width of the rib 96U and the rib 96L is large, as a matter of course, the width of the gap 67 of the conveyance unit side guide unit 61 and the gap 47 of the storage unit side guide unit 41 facing the rib 96U and rib 96L must be increased. I must. When the widths of the gap 67 and the gap 47 are increased, the cuts and corners of the bills easily enter the gap 67 and the gap 47. As a result, the probability of occurrence of a jam (banknote jam) in the delivery conveyance path 84. Will go up.
 換言すると、受渡搬送部30は、トーションスプリング103を用いることで、他の付勢部材を用いる場合と比べて、リブ96L及びリブ96Uの幅を容易に狭くすることができ、これにより、受渡搬送路84内でのジャムの発生を防ぐことができるようにもなっている。 In other words, the delivery conveying unit 30 can easily narrow the width of the rib 96L and the rib 96U by using the torsion spring 103 as compared with the case of using other urging members. It is also possible to prevent the occurrence of jam in the path 84.
 このように、受渡搬送部30は、トーションスプリング103を用いることで、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lのストロークを確保しつつ、受渡搬送路84の長さを短くでき、且つ受渡搬送路84内でのジャムの発生を防ぐことができる。 Thus, the delivery conveyance unit 30 can shorten the length of the delivery conveyance path 84 while ensuring the strokes of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L by using the torsion spring 103, and the delivery conveyance path 84 can be provided within the delivery conveyance path 84. Jam can be prevented from occurring.
[1-6.第1の例示的実施形態の変形例]
[1-6-1.変形例1]
 尚、上述した第1の例示的実施形態では、トーションスプリング103の上側アーム103Uが上側ローラ100Uの下端に当接して上側ローラ100Uを上方に付勢し、下側アーム103Lが下側ローラ100Lの上端に当接して下側ローラ100Lを下方に付勢するようにした。ここで、図9に示すように、上側ローラ100Uと下側ローラ100Lの外周面に、それぞれ周方向に沿う溝110を形成して、この溝110の内側に、上側アーム103Uと下側アーム103Lを入れるようにしてもよい。
[1-6. Modification of First Exemplary Embodiment]
[1-6-1. Modification 1]
In the first exemplary embodiment described above, the upper arm 103U of the torsion spring 103 abuts the lower end of the upper roller 100U to urge the upper roller 100U upward, and the lower arm 103L is connected to the lower roller 100L. The lower roller 100L is urged downward in contact with the upper end. Here, as shown in FIG. 9, grooves 110 are formed along the circumferential direction on the outer peripheral surfaces of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L, and the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L are formed inside the groove 110. You may make it insert.
 この構成の場合、上側アーム103Uは、上側ローラ100Uの溝110の底に当接して、上側ローラ100Uを上方に付勢する。尚、上側ローラ100Uの溝110は、幅が上側アーム103Uの径よりわずかに大きく形成されている。この為、上側アーム103Uは、上側ローラ100Uの回転を妨げることなく、上側ローラ100Uを上方に付勢することができる。 In this configuration, the upper arm 103U contacts the bottom of the groove 110 of the upper roller 100U and urges the upper roller 100U upward. The groove 110 of the upper roller 100U has a width slightly larger than the diameter of the upper arm 103U. For this reason, the upper arm 103U can urge the upper roller 100U upward without preventing the rotation of the upper roller 100U.
 一方、下側アーム103Lは、下側ローラ100Lの溝110の底に当接して、下側ローラ100Lを下方に付勢する。尚、下側ローラ100Lの溝110も、幅が下側アーム103Lの径よりわずかに大きく形成されている。この為、下側アーム103Lも、下側ローラ100Lの回転を妨げることなく、下側ローラ100Lを下方に付勢することができる。また、この構成の場合、上側アーム103U及び下側アーム103Lが、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lのそれぞれの溝110に入る為、上側アーム103U及び下側アーム103Lが、上側ローラ100Uの下端及び下側ローラ100Lの上端から横にずれて外れてしまうことを防ぐことができる。 On the other hand, the lower arm 103L contacts the bottom of the groove 110 of the lower roller 100L and urges the lower roller 100L downward. The groove 110 of the lower roller 100L is also formed with a width slightly larger than the diameter of the lower arm 103L. For this reason, the lower arm 103L can also urge the lower roller 100L downward without preventing the rotation of the lower roller 100L. In this configuration, since the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L enter the respective grooves 110 of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L, the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L are connected to the lower end of the upper roller 100U and It can be prevented that the lower roller 100L is displaced laterally from the upper end of the lower roller 100L.
[1-6-2.変形例2]
 また、上述した第1の例示的実施形態では、前側搬送ガイド82の左右両端内部にトーションスプリング103を設けるようにした。ここで、図10A、図10Bに示すように、前側搬送ガイド82の左右両端部を、ガイド面側(後側)のガイド面形成部品82Aと、ガイド面とは反対側(前側)のローラ保持部品82Bとに分割して、このガイド面形成部品82Aと、ローラ保持部品82Bとの間に、トーションスプリング103の巻回部103Aを挟み混んで固定するようにしてもよい。
[1-6-2. Modification 2]
In the first exemplary embodiment described above, the torsion springs 103 are provided inside the left and right ends of the front conveyance guide 82. Here, as shown in FIGS. 10A and 10B, the left and right end portions of the front conveyance guide 82 are held on the guide surface side (rear side) guide surface forming component 82A and on the opposite side (front side) of the guide surface. It may be divided into parts 82B, and the winding portion 103A of the torsion spring 103 may be sandwiched and fixed between the guide surface forming part 82A and the roller holding part 82B.
 ガイド面形成部品82Aは、受渡搬送路84のガイド面を形成する部品であり、上側ローラ100Uが取り付けられているリブ96Uの後部、下側ローラ100Lが取り付けられているリブ96Lの後部、及びこれらの間に位置する本体部95の後部を一体成型したものである。このガイド面形成部品82Aは、ガイド面の裏側(つまりローラ保持部品82Bと対向する側)の上下方向の中央部分(本体部95に相当する部分)に、トーションスプリング103の巻回部103Aの後部を保持する後側スプリング保持部材120が形成されている。 The guide surface forming component 82A is a component that forms the guide surface of the delivery conveyance path 84. The rear portion of the rib 96U to which the upper roller 100U is attached, the rear portion of the rib 96L to which the lower roller 100L is attached, and these The rear part of the main body part 95 located between the two is integrally molded. The guide surface forming component 82A is provided at the rear portion of the guide surface (that is, the side facing the roller holding component 82B) in the vertical center portion (the portion corresponding to the main body portion 95) at the rear portion of the winding portion 103A of the torsion spring 103. A rear spring holding member 120 is formed to hold the spring.
 一方、ローラ保持部品82Bは、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lを保持する部品であり、上側ローラ100Uが取り付けられているリブ96Uの前部、下側ローラ100Lが取り付けられているリブ96Lの前部、及びこれらの間に位置する本体部95の前部を一体成型したものである。このローラ保持部品82Bは、後側(つまりガイド面形成部品82Aと対向する側)の上下方向の中央部分(本体部95に相当する部分)に、トーションスプリング103の巻回部103Aの前部を保持する前側スプリング保持部材121が形成されている。また、ローラ保持部品82Bは、前側スプリング保持部材121の上側と下側に、それぞれ上側アーム103U及び下側アーム103Lを挿入する孔122が形成されている。 On the other hand, the roller holding component 82B is a component that holds the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L. The roller holding component 82B is a front part of the rib 96U to which the upper roller 100U is attached and a front part of the rib 96L to which the lower roller 100L is attached. And the front part of the main body part 95 located between these parts are integrally molded. This roller holding component 82B has the front portion of the winding portion 103A of the torsion spring 103 at the center portion (the portion corresponding to the main body portion 95) in the vertical direction on the rear side (that is, the side facing the guide surface forming component 82A). A front spring holding member 121 for holding is formed. Further, the roller holding component 82B is formed with holes 122 for inserting the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L on the upper side and the lower side of the front spring holding member 121, respectively.
 ローラ保持部品82Bは、上下の孔122に、トーションスプリング103の上側アーム103Uと下側アーム103Lを挿入して巻回部103Aを前側スプリング保持部材121に保持させることで、トーションスプリング103が組み付けられる。このとき、上側アーム103Uは、上側ローラ100Uと摺動部材102の間に挿入され、下側アーム103Lは、下側ローラ100Lと摺動部材102の間に挿入される。このようにしてトーションスプリング103が組み付けられたローラ保持部品82Bを、ガイド面形成部品82Aに取り付ける。このとき、トーションスプリング103は、巻回部103Aが、ガイド面形成部品82Aの後側スプリング保持部材120と、ローラ保持部品82Bの前側スプリング保持部材121との間に挟持される。 In the roller holding part 82B, the torsion spring 103 is assembled by inserting the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L of the torsion spring 103 into the upper and lower holes 122 and holding the winding portion 103A on the front spring holding member 121. . At this time, the upper arm 103U is inserted between the upper roller 100U and the sliding member 102, and the lower arm 103L is inserted between the lower roller 100L and the sliding member 102. The roller holding part 82B assembled with the torsion spring 103 in this way is attached to the guide surface forming part 82A. At this time, the winding portion 103A of the torsion spring 103 is sandwiched between the rear spring holding member 120 of the guide surface forming component 82A and the front spring holding member 121 of the roller holding component 82B.
 ここで、後側スプリング保持部材120と前側スプリング保持部材121との間に挟持されたトーションスプリング103は、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lをそれぞれ上方及び下方に突出させようと、上側アーム103Uと下側アーム103Lが開くときに、これら上側アーム103U及び下側アーム103Lの反発力により、巻回部103Aが前方へ動こうとするが、巻回部103Aの前側に前側スプリング保持部材121が位置する為、前方へ動くことはない。 Here, the torsion spring 103 sandwiched between the rear spring holding member 120 and the front spring holding member 121 has an upper arm 103U to project the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L upward and downward, respectively. When the lower arm 103L is opened, the winding portion 103A tries to move forward by the repulsive force of the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L, but the front spring holding member 121 is positioned on the front side of the winding portion 103A. To move forward.
 一方で、トーションスプリング103は、上側アーム103Uと下側アーム103Lとが押し込まれて、上側アーム103Uと下側アーム103Lが閉じるときに、これら上側アーム103U及び下側アーム103Lの反発力により、巻回部103Aが後方へ動こうとするが、巻回部103Aの後側に後側スプリング保持部材120が位置する為、後方へ動くことはない。 On the other hand, when the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L are pushed in and the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L are closed, the torsion spring 103 is wound by the repulsive force of the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L. The turning portion 103A tries to move backward, but the rear spring holding member 120 is positioned on the rear side of the winding portion 103A, and therefore does not move backward.
 尚、図では省略しているが、ガイド面形成部品82A及びローラ保持部品82Bの少なくともどちらか一方には、内部に、トーションスプリング103の巻回部103Aの左右両端部を保持するスプリング保持部材も設けられている。ゆえに、トーションスプリング103は、ガイド面形成部品82Aと、ローラ保持部品82Bとの間に挟持されることで、前後方向にくわえて左右方向の位置も固定される。 Although omitted in the drawing, at least one of the guide surface forming component 82A and the roller holding component 82B includes a spring holding member that holds the left and right ends of the winding portion 103A of the torsion spring 103 inside. Is provided. Therefore, the torsion spring 103 is sandwiched between the guide surface forming component 82A and the roller holding component 82B, so that the position in the left-right direction is also fixed in addition to the front-rear direction.
 この構成によれば、トーションスプリング103を組み付けたローラ保持部品82Bをガイド面形成部品82Aに取り付けるだけで、前側搬送ガイド82を組み立てることができるので、組み立てが容易となる。また、トーションスプリング103の巻回部103Aを前後に挟持する構成の為、上側アーム103Uと下側アーム103Lが開閉しても、巻回部103Aの位置がずれることがない。この為、例えば、上側アーム103U上の上側ローラ100Uと当接する箇所が前後方向にずれて付勢力が変化したり、上側アーム103Uが上側ローラ100Uから外れたりしてしまう状況を防ぐことができる。 According to this configuration, the front conveyance guide 82 can be assembled simply by attaching the roller holding component 82B to which the torsion spring 103 is assembled to the guide surface forming component 82A, so that the assembly is facilitated. Further, since the winding portion 103A of the torsion spring 103 is sandwiched back and forth, even if the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L are opened and closed, the position of the winding portion 103A does not shift. Therefore, for example, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the portion of the upper arm 103U that contacts the upper roller 100U is displaced in the front-rear direction and the urging force is changed, or the upper arm 103U is detached from the upper roller 100U.
 尚、この構成の場合も、上側ローラ100Uと下側ローラ100Lの外周面に、それぞれ周方向に沿う溝110を形成して、この溝110の内側に、上側アーム103Uと下側アーム103Lを入れるようにしてもよい。 Also in this configuration, grooves 110 are formed along the circumferential direction on the outer peripheral surfaces of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L, and the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L are placed inside the groove 110. You may do it.
[2.第2の例示的実施形態]
 次に第2の例示的実施形態について説明する。この第2の例示的実施形態は、前側搬送ガイドの構成が、第1の例示的実施形態とは異なる例示的実施形態である。ゆえに、ここでは、主に、前側搬送ガイドの構成について説明することとして、前側搬送ガイド以外の構成などについては適宜省略する。
[2. Second exemplary embodiment]
Next, a second exemplary embodiment will be described. This second exemplary embodiment is an exemplary embodiment in which the configuration of the front conveyance guide is different from that of the first exemplary embodiment. Therefore, here, mainly the configuration of the front conveyance guide will be described, and the configuration other than the front conveyance guide will be omitted as appropriate.
[2-1.前側搬送ガイドの構成]
 図11A、図11Bに、第2の例示的実施形態の前側搬送ガイド200の前面図及び側面図を示す。この前側搬送ガイド200は、第1の例示的実施形態の前側搬送ガイド82と同様、本体部95の下端に複数のリブ96Lが隙間97Lを空けて離散的に配置されているとともに、本体部95の上端に複数のリブ96Uが隙間97Uを空けて離散的に配置されている。さらに、前側搬送ガイド200は、第1の例示的実施形態の前側搬送ガイド82と同様、左右両端の上側のリブ96Uに上側ローラ100Uが取り付けられ、左右両端の下側のリブ96Lに下側ローラ100Lが取り付けられている。
[2-1. Front transport guide configuration]
11A and 11B show a front view and a side view of the front conveyance guide 200 of the second exemplary embodiment. Like the front conveyance guide 82 of the first exemplary embodiment, the front conveyance guide 200 has a plurality of ribs 96L discretely arranged at the lower end of the main body portion 95 with gaps 97L, and the main body portion 95. A plurality of ribs 96U are discretely arranged at the upper end of the plate with a gap 97U. Further, in the same manner as the front conveyance guide 82 of the first exemplary embodiment, the front conveyance guide 200 has the upper rollers 100U attached to the upper ribs 96U at the left and right ends, and the lower rollers 96L to the lower ribs 96L. 100L is attached.
 ここで、上側ローラ100Uは、第1の例示的実施形態とは異なり、図11A、図11Bにくわえて図12の斜視図に示すように、左右両側面のそれぞれの中心に回動軸201が設けられ、この回動軸201が、上側のリブ96U内部の左右両側面に設けられた上下方向に延びる摺動溝202Uに挿入されている。尚、この摺動溝202Uは、上端側がリブ96Uの上面近傍まで延びていて、下端側が本体部95まで延びている。この場合、摺動溝202Uの上端が、前側搬送ガイド82の上側ストッパ105U(図7A、図7B)と同様に機能する。つまり、上側ローラ100Uは、回動軸201が摺動溝202Uの上端に当接するとき、リブ96U上面からの突出量が最大となり、摺動溝202Uの下端に当接するとき突出量が最小となる。このように、上側ローラ100Uは、所定の範囲内で上下方向に摺動可能で、且つ受渡搬送部30Aの幅方向に平行な回動軸201を中心に回動可能な状態で、リブ96Uに保持されている。 Here, the upper roller 100U is different from the first exemplary embodiment, as shown in the perspective view of FIG. 12 in addition to FIGS. 11A and 11B. The rotation shaft 201 is provided and is inserted into a sliding groove 202U extending in the vertical direction provided on the left and right side surfaces inside the upper rib 96U. The sliding groove 202U has an upper end extending to the vicinity of the upper surface of the rib 96U and a lower end extending to the main body 95. In this case, the upper end of the sliding groove 202U functions in the same manner as the upper stopper 105U (FIGS. 7A and 7B) of the front conveyance guide 82. That is, the upper roller 100U has the maximum protrusion amount from the upper surface of the rib 96U when the rotating shaft 201 contacts the upper end of the sliding groove 202U, and the minimum protrusion amount when it contacts the lower end of the sliding groove 202U. . As described above, the upper roller 100U is slidable in the vertical direction within a predetermined range, and is rotatable on the rib 96U in a state where the upper roller 100U is rotatable around the rotation shaft 201 parallel to the width direction of the delivery conveyance unit 30A. Is retained.
 下側ローラ100Lも、上側ローラ100Uと同様、回動軸201が設けられ、この回動軸201が、下側のリブ96L内部の左右両側面に設けられた摺動溝202Lに挿入されていることで、所定の範囲内で上下方向に摺動可能で、且つ受渡搬送部30Aの幅方向に平行な回動軸201を中心に回動可能な状態で、リブ96Lに保持されている。 Similarly to the upper roller 100U, the lower roller 100L is provided with a rotation shaft 201, and the rotation shaft 201 is inserted into sliding grooves 202L provided on the left and right side surfaces inside the lower rib 96L. Thus, the rib 96L is held in a state in which it can slide in the vertical direction within a predetermined range and can rotate around the rotation shaft 201 parallel to the width direction of the delivery conveyance unit 30A.
 尚、前側搬送ガイド200は、第1の例示的実施形態の変形例2と同様、ガイド面形成部品200Aとローラ保持部品200Bとで構成されていて、ローラ保持部品200B側に、上側ローラ100U、下側ローラ100L、摺動溝202U、202Lが設けられている。また、図13に示すように、上側ローラ100Uと下側ローラ100Lの外周面には、それぞれトーションスプリング203の上側アーム203U及び下側アーム203Lの先端部分が入る溝110が形成されている。 The front conveyance guide 200 is composed of a guide surface forming component 200A and a roller holding component 200B as in the second modification of the first exemplary embodiment, and the upper roller 100U, A lower roller 100L and sliding grooves 202U and 202L are provided. As shown in FIG. 13, grooves 110 into which the tip portions of the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L of the torsion spring 203 are respectively formed are formed on the outer peripheral surfaces of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L.
 そして、前側搬送ガイド200は、ガイド面形成部品200Aと、ローラ保持部品200Bとの間に、トーションスプリング203の巻回部203Aを挟み混んで固定するようになっている。 The front conveyance guide 200 is fixed by sandwiching the winding portion 203A of the torsion spring 203 between the guide surface forming component 200A and the roller holding component 200B.
 このトーションスプリング203は、図14に示すように、第1の例示的実施形態のトーションスプリング103とは異なり、上側アーム203Uの先端部分(上側ローラ100Uと当接する部分)203Uaが根本部分203Ubに対して巻回部203Aの巻回軸方向の中心側へオフセットするとともに、下側アーム203Lの先端部分(下側ローラ100Lと当接する部分)203Laが根本部分203Lbに対して巻回部203Aの巻回軸方向の中心側へオフセットした形状となっている。 As shown in FIG. 14, the torsion spring 203 is different from the torsion spring 103 of the first exemplary embodiment in that the distal end portion (the portion that comes into contact with the upper roller 100U) 203Ua of the upper arm 203U is against the root portion 203Ub. Thus, the winding portion 203A is offset toward the center in the winding axis direction, and the tip portion (the portion that comes into contact with the lower roller 100L) 203La of the lower arm 203L is wound around the root portion 203Lb by the winding portion 203A. The shape is offset toward the center in the axial direction.
 具体的に、上側アーム203Uは、巻回部203Aの巻回軸方向の一端から巻回軸方向と直交する方向に延びる根本部分203Ubと、根本部分203Ubと平行で且つ巻回部203Aの巻回軸方向の中心を通る仮想の中心線Sに沿って延びる先端部分203Uaと、これら根本部分203Ubと先端部分203Uaとの間に位置する中間部分203Ucとによって略クランク状に形成されている。下側アーム203Lも同様に、巻回部203Aの巻回軸方向の他端から巻回軸方向と直交する方向に延びる根本部分203Lbと、仮想の中心線Sに沿って延びる先端部分203Laと、これらの間に位置する中間部分203Lcとによって略クランク状に形成されている。つまり、上側アーム203Uと下側アーム203Lは、それぞれの先端部分203Ua、203Laの巻回軸方向の位置が、巻回部203Aの巻回軸方向の中心と一致(もしくはほぼ一致)するようにオフセットされている。この場合、上側アーム203Uのオフセット量と下側アーム203Lのオフセット量は、ともに巻回部203Aの巻回軸方向の長さの半分程度となる。 Specifically, the upper arm 203U includes a root portion 203Ub extending from one end in the winding axis direction of the winding portion 203A in a direction orthogonal to the winding axis direction, and parallel to the root portion 203Ub and wound by the winding portion 203A. A distal end portion 203Ua extending along an imaginary center line S passing through the axial center and an intermediate portion 203Uc positioned between the root portion 203Ub and the distal end portion 203Ua are formed in a substantially crank shape. Similarly, the lower arm 203L has a root portion 203Lb extending from the other end in the winding axis direction of the winding portion 203A in a direction orthogonal to the winding axis direction, a tip portion 203La extending along the virtual center line S, It is formed in a substantially crank shape by an intermediate portion 203Lc located between them. In other words, the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L are offset so that the positions of the distal end portions 203Ua and 203La in the winding axis direction coincide with (or substantially coincide with) the center of the winding portion 203A in the winding axis direction. Has been. In this case, the offset amount of the upper arm 203U and the offset amount of the lower arm 203L are both about half the length of the winding portion 203A in the winding axis direction.
 また、図12に示すように、ガイド面形成部品200Aは、ガイド面の裏側(つまりローラ保持部品200Bと対向する側)の上下方向の中央部分(本体部95に相当する部分)に、後側スプリング保持部材204が形成されている。一方、ローラ保持部品200Bは、後側(つまりガイド面形成部品200Aと対向する側)の上下方向の中央部分(本体部95に相当する部分)に、前側スプリング保持部材205が形成されている。また、ローラ保持部品200Bは、前側スプリング保持部材205の上側と下側に、それぞれ上側アーム203Uを挿入する上側孔206Uと、下側アーム203Lを挿入する下側孔206Lとが形成されている。 Also, as shown in FIG. 12, the guide surface forming component 200A is arranged on the rear side of the guide surface (that is, the side facing the roller holding component 200B) on the rear side at the center portion (the portion corresponding to the main body portion 95). A spring holding member 204 is formed. On the other hand, in the roller holding component 200B, a front spring holding member 205 is formed in a central portion (portion corresponding to the main body portion 95) in the vertical direction on the rear side (that is, the side facing the guide surface forming component 200A). Further, the roller holding component 200B is formed with an upper hole 206U into which the upper arm 203U is inserted and a lower hole 206L into which the lower arm 203L is inserted on the upper side and the lower side of the front spring holding member 205, respectively.
 尚、上側孔206Uは、四角形状であり、上側アーム203Uが巻回軸方向(すなわち左右方向)にオフセットしている為、左右方向の長さが、少なくとも上側アーム203Uの先端部分203Uaと根本部分203Ubのオフセット量より大きくなっている。またこの上側孔206Uの上下方向の長さは、上側アーム203Uの上下方向の可動範囲に応じた長さとなっている。下側孔206Lも、上側孔206Uと同一形状同一サイズとなっている。 The upper hole 206U has a quadrangular shape, and the upper arm 203U is offset in the winding axis direction (that is, the left-right direction). Therefore, the length in the left-right direction is at least the tip portion 203Ua of the upper arm 203U and the root portion. It is larger than the offset amount of 203 Ub. Further, the vertical length of the upper hole 206U is a length corresponding to the movable range of the upper arm 203U in the vertical direction. The lower hole 206L also has the same shape and size as the upper hole 206U.
 ローラ保持部品200Bは、上側孔206Uと下側孔206Lに、トーションスプリング203の上側アーム203Uと下側アーム203Lを挿入して巻回部203Aを前側スプリング保持部材205に保持させることで、トーションスプリング203が組み付けられる。このとき、上側アーム203Uは、上側ローラ100Uの溝110に入れられ、下側アーム203Lは、下側ローラ100Lの溝110に入れられる。このようにしてトーションスプリング203が組み付けられたローラ保持部品200Bを、ガイド面形成部品200Aに取り付ける。このとき、トーションスプリング203は、巻回部203Aが、ガイド面形成部品200Aの後側スプリング保持部材204と、ローラ保持部品200Bの前側スプリング保持部材205との間に挟持されて、前後左右方向の位置が固定される。 The roller holding component 200B inserts the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L of the torsion spring 203 into the upper hole 206U and the lower hole 206L, and holds the winding part 203A on the front spring holding member 205, whereby the torsion spring 203 is assembled. At this time, the upper arm 203U is placed in the groove 110 of the upper roller 100U, and the lower arm 203L is placed in the groove 110 of the lower roller 100L. The roller holding component 200B assembled with the torsion spring 203 in this way is attached to the guide surface forming component 200A. At this time, the winding portion 203A of the torsion spring 203 is sandwiched between the rear spring holding member 204 of the guide surface forming component 200A and the front spring holding member 205 of the roller holding component 200B, so that The position is fixed.
 ところで、上述したように、トーションスプリング203は、上側アーム203Uと下側アーム203Lの先端部分203Ua、203Laが、根本部分203Ub、203Lbに対して巻回部203Aの巻回軸方向の中心側へオフセットしている。この為、前側搬送ガイド200は、第1の例示的実施形態とは異なり、上側ローラ100Uと下側ローラ100Lの位置を、左右方向(前側搬送ガイド82の幅方向)にずらすことなく、一致させることができるようになっている。 By the way, as described above, the torsion spring 203 is configured such that the tip portions 203Ua and 203La of the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L are offset toward the center in the winding axis direction of the winding portion 203A with respect to the root portions 203Ub and 203Lb. is doing. For this reason, unlike the first exemplary embodiment, the front conveyance guide 200 matches the positions of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L without shifting in the left-right direction (the width direction of the front conveyance guide 82). Be able to.
 この為、図11Aに示すように、前側搬送ガイド200は、上側の左右両端のリブ96Uと下側の左右両端のリブ96Lの左右方向の位置が一致していて、上下対称の形状となっている。前側搬送ガイド200の構成は、以上のようになっている。尚、後側搬送ガイド83についても、前側搬送ガイド82と前後対称となるよう、上側の左右両端のリブ86Uと下側の左右両端のリブ86Lの左右方向の位置が一致している。このような前側搬送ガイド200及び後側搬送ガイド83を有する受渡搬送部30Aの動作などについては、第1の例示的実施形態と基本的に同一の為、説明は省略する。 Therefore, as shown in FIG. 11A, the front conveyance guide 200 has a vertically symmetrical shape in which the left and right ribs 96U and the lower ribs 96L are aligned in the left-right direction. Yes. The configuration of the front conveyance guide 200 is as described above. The left and right ribs 86U and the lower left and right ribs 86L are aligned in the left-right direction so that the rear conveyance guide 83 is also symmetrical with the front conveyance guide 82 in the front-rear direction. About the operation | movement of the delivery conveyance part 30A which has such a front side conveyance guide 200 and the back side conveyance guide 83, etc. are the same as 1st exemplary embodiment, description is abbreviate | omitted.
[2-2.まとめ]
 ここまで説明したように、第2の例示的実施形態では、上側ローラ100Uと下側ローラ100Lを付勢する付勢部材として、上側アーム203Uと下側アーム203Lの先端部分203Ua、203Laが根本部分203Ub、203Lbに対して巻回部203Aの巻回軸方向の中心側へオフセットしたトーションスプリング203を用いるようにした。
[2-2. Summary]
As described above, in the second exemplary embodiment, the tip portions 203Ua and 203La of the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L are the root portions as the biasing members that bias the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L. The torsion spring 203 offset to the center side in the winding axis direction of the winding portion 203A with respect to 203Ub and 203Lb was used.
 こうすることで、上側アーム203Uの先端部分203Uaにより上方に付勢される上側ローラ100Uと、下側アーム203Lの先端部分203Laにより下方に付勢される下側ローラ100Lの左右方向(受渡搬送路84の幅方向)の位置を一致させることができる。 By doing so, the left and right direction (delivery conveyance path) of the upper roller 100U biased upward by the tip end portion 203Ua of the upper arm 203U and the lower roller 100L biased downward by the tip end portion 203La of the lower arm 203L. 84 in the width direction) can be matched.
 ところで、図15に示すように、第1の例示的実施形態で用いたトーションスプリング103の場合、上側アーム103Uと下側アーム103Lが巻回軸方向にオフセットしている為、上側アーム103Uと下側アーム103Lが開閉(つまり開放及び圧縮)するときに、上側アーム103Uと下側アーム103Lのそれぞれに、上下方向だけでなく左右方向(巻回軸方向)への力がくわわり、トーションスプリング103全体に矢印Rで示す方向又はこの逆方向へ回転しようとする回転モーメントが生じる。そして、この回転モーメントによってトーションスプリング103が回転してしまうと、上側アーム103Uと下側アーム103Lが上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lの溝110から外れて、前側搬送ガイド82が故障してしまう。一方で、回転しないよう巻回部103Aを確実に固定する為には、巻回部103Aを保持する後側スプリング保持部材120、前側スプリング保持部材121などを高精度に成形する必要があり、製造コストのアップにつながる。 Incidentally, as shown in FIG. 15, in the case of the torsion spring 103 used in the first exemplary embodiment, since the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L are offset in the winding axis direction, When the side arm 103L opens and closes (that is, opens and compresses), not only the vertical direction but also the horizontal direction (winding axis direction) is applied to each of the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L, and the torsion spring 103 A rotational moment is generated which tends to rotate in the direction indicated by the arrow R as a whole or in the opposite direction. If the torsion spring 103 is rotated by this rotational moment, the upper arm 103U and the lower arm 103L are disengaged from the grooves 110 of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L, and the front conveyance guide 82 is broken. On the other hand, in order to securely fix the winding portion 103A so as not to rotate, it is necessary to mold the rear spring holding member 120, the front spring holding member 121, and the like holding the winding portion 103A with high accuracy, and manufacturing. This leads to an increase in cost.
 これに対して、第2の例示的実施形態で用いたトーションスプリング203の場合、上側アーム203Uの先端部分203Uaと下側アーム203Lの先端部分203Laの巻回軸方向のオフセットをなくすことで、上側アーム203Uと下側アーム203Lが開閉(つまり開放及び圧縮)しても、回転モーメントが生じない。 On the other hand, in the case of the torsion spring 203 used in the second exemplary embodiment, it is possible to eliminate the offset in the winding axis direction between the tip portion 203Ua of the upper arm 203U and the tip portion 203La of the lower arm 203L. Even if the arm 203U and the lower arm 203L are opened and closed (that is, opened and compressed), no rotational moment is generated.
 これにより、第2の例示的実施形態の前側搬送ガイド200は、第1の例示的実施形態の前側搬送ガイド82と比較して、故障確率を低減できるとともに、製造コストを抑えることができる。つまり、この第2の例示的実施形態では、第1の例示的実施形態と同様の効果にくわえて、前側搬送ガイド200の故障確率を低減でき、且つ製造コストを抑えることができる。 Thereby, the front conveyance guide 200 of the second exemplary embodiment can reduce the failure probability and the manufacturing cost as compared with the front conveyance guide 82 of the first exemplary embodiment. That is, in the second exemplary embodiment, in addition to the same effects as the first exemplary embodiment, the failure probability of the front conveyance guide 200 can be reduced, and the manufacturing cost can be suppressed.
[2-3.第2の例示的実施形態の変形例]
[2-3-1.変形例1]
 尚、上述した第2の例示的実施形態では、ローラ保持部品200Bに、上側アーム203U及び下側アーム203Lのそれぞれを挿入する四角形の上側孔206U及び下側孔206Lを設けたが、これに限らず、図16A、図16Bに示すように、ローラ保持部品200Bに、四角形の上側孔205U及び下側孔205Lに変えて、L字型の上側孔210U及び下側孔210Lを設けるようにしてもよい。尚、図16Aは、ローラ保持部品200Bの斜視図、図16Bは、ローラ保持部品200Bを後ろから見た後面図である。
[2-3. Modification of Second Exemplary Embodiment]
[2-3-1. Modification 1]
In the above-described second exemplary embodiment, the roller holding component 200B is provided with the square upper hole 206U and the lower hole 206L into which the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L are inserted, but the present invention is not limited thereto. 16A and 16B, the roller holding component 200B may be provided with an L-shaped upper hole 210U and a lower hole 210L instead of the rectangular upper hole 205U and the lower hole 205L. Good. 16A is a perspective view of the roller holding component 200B, and FIG. 16B is a rear view of the roller holding component 200B as viewed from behind.
 上側アーム203Uを挿入する上側孔210Uは、前側スプリング保持部材205の上側に形成されていて、前側スプリング保持部材205の左右方向の一端側(つまり前側スプリング保持部材205に保持される巻回部203Aの上側アーム203U側)から上方へ延びる部分(これを垂直部分と呼ぶ)210Uaと、前側スプリング保持部材205の左右方向の一端側から他端側へ延びる部分(これを水平部分と呼ぶ)210Ubとで、全体としてL字型に形成されている。 The upper hole 210U into which the upper arm 203U is inserted is formed on the upper side of the front spring holding member 205, and is one end side in the left-right direction of the front spring holding member 205 (that is, the winding portion 203A held by the front spring holding member 205). 210Ua extending upward from the upper arm 203U side) (referred to as a vertical portion) and 210Ub extending from one end to the other end in the left-right direction of the front spring holding member 205 (referred to as a horizontal portion) 210Ub Therefore, it is formed in an L shape as a whole.
 上側孔210Uの水平部分210Ubは、左右方向の長さが、少なくとも上側アーム203Uの先端部分203Uaと根本部分203Ubのオフセット量より大きくなっている。また、上側孔210Uの垂直部分210Uaは、左右方向の長さが、上側アーム203Uの径よりわずかに大きく、上下方向の長さが、上側アーム203Uの上下方向の可動範囲に応じた長さとなっている。 The horizontal portion 210Ub of the upper hole 210U has a length in the left-right direction that is at least larger than the offset amount of the tip portion 203Ua and the root portion 203Ub of the upper arm 203U. Further, the vertical portion 210Ua of the upper hole 210U has a length in the left-right direction slightly larger than the diameter of the upper arm 203U, and the length in the vertical direction is a length corresponding to the movable range in the vertical direction of the upper arm 203U. ing.
 一方、下側アーム203Lを挿入する下側孔210Lは、前側スプリング保持部材205の下側に形成されていて、前側スプリング保持部材205の左右方向の他端側(つまり前側スプリング保持部材205に保持された巻回部203Aの下側アーム203L側)から下方へ延びる垂直部分210Laと、前側スプリング保持部材205の左右方向の他端側から一端側へ延びる水平部分210Lbとで、全体としてL字型に形成されている。 On the other hand, the lower hole 210L into which the lower arm 203L is inserted is formed on the lower side of the front spring holding member 205 and is held by the other end in the left-right direction of the front spring holding member 205 (that is, held by the front spring holding member 205). A vertical portion 210La extending downward from the lower arm 203L side) of the wound portion 203A and a horizontal portion 210Lb extending from the other end in the left-right direction of the front spring holding member 205 to one end, as a whole. Is formed.
 下側孔210Lの水平部分210Lbは、左右方向の長さが、少なくとも下側アーム203Lの先端部分203Laと根本部分203Lbのオフセット量より大きくなっている。また、下側孔210Lの垂直部分210Laは、左右方向の長さが、下側アーム203Lの径よりわずかに大きく、上下方向の長さが、下側アーム203Lの上下方向の可動範囲に応じた長さとなっている。 The horizontal portion 210Lb of the lower hole 210L has a length in the left-right direction that is at least larger than the offset amount of the tip portion 203La and the root portion 203Lb of the lower arm 203L. Further, the vertical portion 210La of the lower hole 210L has a length in the left-right direction slightly larger than the diameter of the lower arm 203L, and the length in the vertical direction corresponds to the movable range in the vertical direction of the lower arm 203L. It is length.
 このような、L字型の上側孔210U及び下側孔210Lを有するローラ保持部品200Bに、トーションスプリング203を取り付ける場合、まず、上側アーム203Uと下側アーム203Lを、ほぼ平行になるように閉じる。これにより、上側アーム203Uと下側アーム203Lが、それぞれ上側孔210U及び下側孔210Lの水平部分210Ub、210Lbに挿入できる状態となる。 When the torsion spring 203 is attached to the roller holding component 200B having the L-shaped upper hole 210U and the lower hole 210L, first, the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L are closed so as to be substantially parallel. . Accordingly, the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L can be inserted into the horizontal portions 210Ub and 210Lb of the upper hole 210U and the lower hole 210L, respectively.
 この状態のまま、上側アーム203Uと下側アーム203Lを、それぞれ上側孔210U及び下側孔210Lの水平部分210Ub、210Lbに挿入していく。そして、上側孔210U及び下側孔210Lの水平部分210Ub、210Lbに、上側アーム203U及び下側アーム203Lの根本部分203Ub、203Lbまでが挿入されたら、上側アーム203U及び下側アーム203Lを開く。すると、上側アーム203U及び下側アーム203Lの根本部分203Ub、203Lbが、上側孔210U及び下側孔210Lの垂直部分210Ua、210Laに入り込み、上側アーム203U及び下側アーム203Lの先端部分203Ua、203Laが、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lに当接する。 In this state, the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L are inserted into the horizontal portions 210Ub and 210Lb of the upper hole 210U and the lower hole 210L, respectively. Then, when the upper arm 203U and the base portions 203Ub and 203Lb of the lower arm 203L are inserted into the horizontal portions 210Ub and 210Lb of the upper hole 210U and the lower hole 210L, the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L are opened. Then, the base portions 203Ub and 203Lb of the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L enter the vertical portions 210Ua and 210La of the upper hole 210U and the lower hole 210L, and the tip portions 203Ua and 203La of the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L The upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L abut.
 トーションスプリング203は、このようにローラ保持部品200Bに取り付けられることで、上側ローラ100Uと下側ローラ100Lの左右方向の位置が、上側孔210U及び下側孔210Lの垂直部分210Ua、210Laによって規制される。これにより、ローラ保持部品200Bは、トーションスプリング203の上側アーム203U及び下側アーム203Lが上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lの溝110から左右方向に外れてしまうことを防止できる。 By attaching the torsion spring 203 to the roller holding component 200B in this way, the left and right positions of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L are regulated by the vertical portions 210Ua and 210La of the upper hole 210U and the lower hole 210L. The Thereby, the roller holding component 200B can prevent the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L of the torsion spring 203 from coming off from the grooves 110 of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L in the left-right direction.
 また、ローラ保持部品200Bは、一旦トーションスプリング203を取り付けると、上側アーム203Uと下側アーム203Lをほぼ平行になるまで閉じないと、取り外すことができない。この為、ローラ保持部品200Bは、例えば、ガイド面形成部品200Aへの取り付け時に、トーションスプリング203が抜け落ちてしまうことを回避でき、ガイド面形成部品200Aへの取り付けが容易になる。 Further, once the torsion spring 203 is attached, the roller holding component 200B cannot be removed unless the upper arm 203U and the lower arm 203L are closed until they are substantially parallel. For this reason, for example, the roller holding component 200B can prevent the torsion spring 203 from falling off when the roller holding component 200B is attached to the guide surface forming component 200A, and can be easily attached to the guide surface forming component 200A.
[2-3-2.変形例2]
 また、上述した第2の例示的実施形態では、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lに、それぞれ回動軸201を設け、この回動軸201を、ローラ保持部品200B内部の左右両側面に形成された摺動溝202U、202Lに挿入するようにした。これに限らず、第1の例示的実施形態と同様、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lを摺動部材102に組み付け、この摺動部材102を、ローラ保持部品200B内部の左右両側面に形成された摺動溝101U、101Lに挿入するようにしてもよい。
[2-3-2. Modification 2]
Further, in the above-described second exemplary embodiment, the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L are each provided with the rotation shaft 201, and the rotation shaft 201 is formed on both the left and right side surfaces inside the roller holding component 200B. The sliding grooves 202U and 202L are inserted. Not limited to this, as in the first exemplary embodiment, the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L are assembled to the sliding member 102, and the sliding member 102 is formed on the left and right side surfaces inside the roller holding component 200B. You may make it insert in the sliding grooves 101U and 101L.
 またこれとは逆に、第1の例示的実施形態の前側搬送ガイド82に、トーションスプリング103に変えて、第2の例示的実施形態のトーションスプリング203を設けるようにしてもよい。この場合、上側ローラ100Uの真下に下側ローラ100Lが位置することになる為、図17に示すように、上側ローラ100Uが摺動する左右上側の摺動溝101Uと、下側ローラ100Lが摺動する左右下側の摺動溝101Lを上下方向に繋げて、左右1本ずつの摺動溝101としてもよい。これにより、上側ローラ100Uの摺動部材102と、下側ローラ100Lの摺動部材102は、同じ摺動溝101に挿入されることになる。この為、上側ローラ100Uの摺動部材102の下端と、下側ローラ100Lの摺動部材102の上端とが、左右の摺動溝101の上下方向の中央で当接することになり、このとき、上側ローラ100Uの上方への突出量と、下側ローラ100Lの下方への突出量が最小となる。 Also, conversely, the torsion spring 203 of the second exemplary embodiment may be provided in place of the torsion spring 103 in the front conveyance guide 82 of the first exemplary embodiment. In this case, since the lower roller 100L is positioned directly below the upper roller 100U, as shown in FIG. 17, the left and right upper sliding grooves 101U on which the upper roller 100U slides and the lower roller 100L slide on each other. The left and right sliding grooves 101 </ b> L that move are connected in the vertical direction to form one sliding groove 101 on each side. Accordingly, the sliding member 102 of the upper roller 100U and the sliding member 102 of the lower roller 100L are inserted into the same sliding groove 101. For this reason, the lower end of the sliding member 102 of the upper roller 100U and the upper end of the sliding member 102 of the lower roller 100L abut at the center in the vertical direction of the left and right sliding grooves 101. The upward protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U and the downward protrusion amount of the lower roller 100L are minimized.
[3.第3の例示的実施形態]
 次に、第3の例示的実施形態について説明する。この第3の例示的実施形態は、ローラ保持部品の構成が、第2の例示的実施形態とは異なる例示的実施形態である。ゆえに、ここでは、主に、ローラ保持部品の構成について説明することとして、ローラ保持部品以外の構成などについては適宜省略する。
[3. Third exemplary embodiment]
Next, a third exemplary embodiment will be described. This third exemplary embodiment is an exemplary embodiment in which the configuration of the roller holding component is different from the second exemplary embodiment. Therefore, here, the configuration of the roller holding component will be mainly described, and the configuration other than the roller holding component will be omitted as appropriate.
[3-1.ローラ保持部品の構成]
 図18に、第3の例示的実施形態のローラ保持部品300Bを左から見た側面図、及び後ろから見たK-K断面図を示す。また、図19に、ローラ保持部品300Bの斜視図を示す。尚、これら図18、図19には、第2の例示的実施形態と同様のガイド面形成部品200Aに取り付けられたローラ保持部品300Bを示していて、これらガイド面形成部品200Aとローラ保持部品300Bにより、前側搬送ガイド300が構成されている。
[3-1. Configuration of roller holding parts]
FIG. 18 shows a side view of the roller holding component 300B of the third exemplary embodiment as viewed from the left and a KK sectional view as viewed from the rear. FIG. 19 is a perspective view of the roller holding component 300B. 18 and 19 show a roller holding component 300B attached to a guide surface forming component 200A similar to that of the second exemplary embodiment, and the guide surface forming component 200A and the roller holding component 300B are shown. Thus, the front conveyance guide 300 is configured.
 これら図18、図19に示すように、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lを保持するローラ保持部品300Bは、内部の左右両側面に、それぞれ上下方向に延びる摺動溝301が1本ずつ設けられている。この摺動溝301は、上側のリブ96Uの上端から下側のリブ96Lの下端まで延びている。 As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, the roller holding component 300B for holding the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L is provided with one sliding groove 301 extending in the vertical direction on each of the left and right side surfaces. ing. The sliding groove 301 extends from the upper end of the upper rib 96U to the lower end of the lower rib 96L.
 上側ローラ100Uは、コの字型の摺動部材302に組み付けられている。この摺動部材302は、第1の例示的実施形態の摺動部材102とは一部異なる形状となっている。すなわち、この摺動部材302は、上側ローラ100Uに挿入されない方の軸302Bの長さが、挿入される方の軸302Aの長さ(つまり摺動部材102の軸102A、102Bの長さ)より長くなっている。同様に、下側ローラ100Lも、コの字型の摺動部材302に組み付けられている。この摺動部材302も、下側ローラ100Lに挿入されない方の軸302Bの長さが、挿入される方の軸302Aより長くなっている。 The upper roller 100U is assembled to a U-shaped sliding member 302. The sliding member 302 has a partially different shape from the sliding member 102 of the first exemplary embodiment. That is, in the sliding member 302, the length of the shaft 302B that is not inserted into the upper roller 100U is longer than the length of the shaft 302A that is inserted (that is, the length of the shafts 102A and 102B of the sliding member 102). It is getting longer. Similarly, the lower roller 100L is also assembled to the U-shaped sliding member 302. Also in this sliding member 302, the length of the shaft 302B that is not inserted into the lower roller 100L is longer than the shaft 302A that is inserted.
 さらに、ローラ保持部品300Bは、左右の摺動溝301のうちの一方における、上下方向の中心から上下所定範囲の中央部分の深さ方向の外側に、ローラ保持部品300Bの外側面まで貫通する貫通孔303が形成されている。この貫通孔303の上下方向の長さは、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lの上下方向の可動範囲に応じた長さとなっている。 Furthermore, the roller holding component 300B penetrates from one of the left and right sliding grooves 301 to the outer side of the roller holding component 300B from the center in the vertical direction to the outer side in the depth direction of the central portion of the predetermined vertical range. A hole 303 is formed. The length in the vertical direction of the through hole 303 is a length corresponding to the movable range in the vertical direction of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L.
 そして、上側ローラ100Uが組み付けられた摺動部材302が、上側ローラ100Uに挿入されている一方の軸302Aを上側、他方の軸302Bを下側、これらを繋ぐ中間部分302Cを、貫通孔303が設けられていない方の摺動溝301側とする向きで、ローラ保持部品300Bの左右の摺動溝301に挿入されている。同様に、下側ローラ100Lが組み付けられた摺動部材302が、下側ローラ100Lに挿入されている一方の軸302Aを下側、他方の軸302Bを上側、これらを繋ぐ中間部分302Cを、貫通孔303が設けられていない方の摺動溝301側とする向きで、左右の摺動溝301に挿入されている。 The sliding member 302 to which the upper roller 100U is assembled has one shaft 302A inserted into the upper roller 100U on the upper side, the other shaft 302B on the lower side, and an intermediate portion 302C that connects them. It is inserted into the left and right sliding grooves 301 of the roller holding component 300B in a direction toward the side of the sliding groove 301 that is not provided. Similarly, the sliding member 302 to which the lower roller 100L is assembled passes through one of the shafts 302A inserted into the lower roller 100L on the lower side, the other shaft 302B on the upper side, and the intermediate portion 302C connecting them. It is inserted into the left and right sliding grooves 301 in a direction toward the sliding groove 301 side where the hole 303 is not provided.
 このとき、上側ローラ100Uの摺動部材302及び下側ローラ100Lの摺動部材302は、それぞれ軸302Bの先端が、摺動溝301の中央部分の深さ方向の外側に形成された貫通孔303に挿入されている。 At this time, the sliding member 302 of the upper roller 100U and the sliding member 302 of the lower roller 100L each have a through-hole 303 in which the tip of the shaft 302B is formed outside in the depth direction of the central portion of the sliding groove 301. Has been inserted.
 この為、上側ローラ100Uは、摺動部材302の軸302Bが、貫通孔303の上端303Uに当接するときに上方への突出量が最大となり、一方、下側ローラ100Lは、摺動部材302の軸302Bが、貫通孔303の下端303Lに当接するときに、下方への突出量が最大となる。つまり、貫通孔303の上端303Uと下端303Lが、第1の例示的実施形態の上側ストッパ105U及び下側ストッパ105Lと同様に機能する。さらに、これら上側ローラ100Uと下側ローラ100Lは、それぞれの摺動部材302の軸302Bが摺動溝301の上下方向の中央で当接するとき、それぞれ突出量が最小となる。ローラ保持部品300Bの構成は、以上のようになっている。 For this reason, the upper roller 100U has a maximum upward protrusion when the shaft 302B of the sliding member 302 contacts the upper end 303U of the through hole 303, while the lower roller 100L When the shaft 302B comes into contact with the lower end 303L of the through hole 303, the downward projecting amount is maximized. That is, the upper end 303U and the lower end 303L of the through-hole 303 function similarly to the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L of the first exemplary embodiment. Further, the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L each have a minimum protruding amount when the shaft 302B of each sliding member 302 abuts at the center in the vertical direction of the sliding groove 301. The configuration of the roller holding component 300B is as described above.
[3-2.まとめ]
 ここまで説明したように、第3の例示的実施形態では、上側ローラ100Uの摺動部材302における、上側ローラ100Uに挿入されない方の軸302Bの長さを、挿入される方の軸302Aより長くした。同様に、下側ローラ100Lの摺動部材302についても、下側ローラ100Lに挿入されない方の軸302Bの長さを、下側ローラ100Lに挿入される方の軸302Aより長くした。
[3-2. Summary]
As described so far, in the third exemplary embodiment, in the sliding member 302 of the upper roller 100U, the length of the shaft 302B that is not inserted into the upper roller 100U is longer than the shaft 302A that is inserted. did. Similarly, for the sliding member 302 of the lower roller 100L, the length of the shaft 302B that is not inserted into the lower roller 100L is longer than the shaft 302A that is inserted into the lower roller 100L.
 さらに、ローラ保持部品300B内部に形成された左右の摺動溝301のうちの一方における、中央部分の深さ方向の外側に、ローラ保持部品300Bの外側面まで貫通する貫通孔303を形成した。そして、この貫通孔303に、摺動部材302の軸302Bの先端が入るようにして、上側ローラ100Uの摺動部材302及び下側ローラ100Lの摺動部材302を、摺動溝301に挿入するようにした。 Furthermore, a through hole 303 that penetrates to the outer surface of the roller holding component 300B is formed on the outer side in the depth direction of the central portion in one of the left and right sliding grooves 301 formed inside the roller holding component 300B. Then, the sliding member 302 of the upper roller 100U and the sliding member 302 of the lower roller 100L are inserted into the sliding groove 301 so that the tip of the shaft 302B of the sliding member 302 enters the through hole 303. I did it.
 これにより、第3の例示的実施形態の前側搬送ガイド300は、上側ローラ100Uの摺動部材302の軸302Bが貫通孔303の上端に当接するとともに、下側ローラ100Lの摺動部材302の軸302Bが貫通孔303の下端に当接したときに、上側ローラ100Uの上方への突出量及び下側ローラ100Lの下方への突出量が最大となる。つまり、前側搬送ガイド300は、摺動溝301の中央部分の深さ方向の外側に形成された貫通孔303の上端303U及び下端303Lを、第1の例示的実施形態の上側ストッパ105U及び下側ストッパ105L(つまり上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lの最大突出量を規制するストッパ)と同様に機能させるようにした。 Thereby, in the front conveyance guide 300 of the third exemplary embodiment, the shaft 302B of the sliding member 302 of the upper roller 100U abuts the upper end of the through hole 303, and the shaft of the sliding member 302 of the lower roller 100L. When 302B comes into contact with the lower end of the through hole 303, the upward protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U and the downward protrusion amount of the lower roller 100L are maximized. That is, the front conveyance guide 300 has the upper end 303U and the lower end 303L of the through hole 303 formed on the outer side in the depth direction of the center portion of the sliding groove 301, and the upper stopper 105U and the lower side of the first exemplary embodiment. It is made to function in the same manner as the stopper 105L (that is, a stopper that regulates the maximum protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L).
 このように、摺動溝301の深さ方向の外側に形成された貫通孔303の上端303U及び下端303Lを上側ストッパ105U及び下側ストッパ105Lの代わりとして用いると、上側ストッパ105U及び下側ストッパ105Lを省略することができるとともに、これら上側ストッパ105U及び下側ストッパ105Lを用いる場合と比べて、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lの上下方向の突出量のばらつきを小さくすることができる。 As described above, when the upper end 303U and the lower end 303L of the through hole 303 formed outside the sliding groove 301 in the depth direction are used in place of the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L, the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L. As compared with the case where the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L are used, the variation in the vertical protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L can be reduced.
 例えば、図20に示すように、上側ストッパ105U及び下側ストッパ105Lを有する前側搬送ガイド82において、上側アーム103Uの付け根から、上側ローラ100Uが摺動する摺動溝101までの前後方向の長さを長さA、上側アーム103Uの付け根から上側ストッパ105Uまでの前後方向の長さを長さB、上側ストッパ105Uの上下方向の製造ばらつきを長さD、上側ローラ100Uの突出量の基準値からの上下方向のズレ量を長さCとする。ここで、長さDは、前側搬送ガイド82を製造する際に必ず発生するばらつきである。これら、長さA、長さB及び長さDと、長さCとの関係を、図21のグラフに示す。このグラフからも明らかなように、長さCは、長さAと長さBの差が大きくなるほど、長さDより大きなばらつきとなる。 For example, as shown in FIG. 20, in the front conveyance guide 82 having the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L, the length in the front-rear direction from the base of the upper arm 103U to the sliding groove 101 in which the upper roller 100U slides is obtained. From the base of the upper arm 103U to the upper stopper 105U in the longitudinal direction B, the manufacturing variation in the vertical direction of the upper stopper 105U from the length D, and a reference value of the protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U. Let the amount of deviation in the vertical direction be length C. Here, the length D is a variation that always occurs when the front conveyance guide 82 is manufactured. The relationship between the length A, the length B, the length D, and the length C is shown in the graph of FIG. As is apparent from this graph, the length C varies more than the length D as the difference between the length A and the length B increases.
 つまり、この前側搬送ガイド82では、上側ストッパ105U及び下側ストッパ105Lの上下方向の製造ばらつきより大きなばらつきが、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lの上下方向の突出量のばらつきとして現れることになる。 That is, in the front conveyance guide 82, a larger variation than the vertical manufacturing variation of the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L appears as a variation in the vertical protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L.
 これに対して、第3の例示的実施形態の前側搬送ガイド300は、上側ストッパ105U及び下側ストッパ105Lを設けず、摺動溝301の外側に貫通孔303を設けて、この貫通孔303の上端303U及び下端303Lを、上側ストッパ105U及び下側ストッパ105Lと同様に機能させるようにした。この前側搬送ガイド300の場合、図18に示すように、長さAは前側搬送ガイド82と等しいが、長さBが存在せず、貫通孔303の上下方向の製造ばらつきが長さDとなる。この場合、図22のグラフに示すように、長さD(貫通孔303の上下方向の製造ばらつき)が、そのまま長さC(上側ローラ100Uの上下方向の突出量のばらつき)となる。 On the other hand, the front conveyance guide 300 of the third exemplary embodiment does not include the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L, but provides a through hole 303 outside the sliding groove 301. The upper end 303U and the lower end 303L are made to function in the same manner as the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L. In the case of the front conveyance guide 300, the length A is equal to the front conveyance guide 82 as shown in FIG. 18, but the length B does not exist and the vertical manufacturing variation of the through hole 303 becomes the length D. . In this case, as shown in the graph of FIG. 22, the length D (manufacturing variation in the vertical direction of the through hole 303) is directly the length C (variation in the vertical protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U).
 ゆえに、前側搬送ガイド300は、前側搬送ガイド82と比べて、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lの上下方向の突出量のばらつきを小さくすることができる。また、前側搬送ガイド300は、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lの上下方向の突出量のばらつきを小さくすることで、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lの突出量が閾値を超えて(図22に示すNGエリアに到達して)、不良品となる確率を大幅に減らすことができ、製造コストを抑えることができる。 Therefore, the front conveyance guide 300 can reduce the variation in the protruding amount in the vertical direction of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L, compared to the front conveyance guide 82. Further, the front conveyance guide 300 reduces the variation in the vertical protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L, so that the protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L exceeds the threshold (see FIG. 22). When reaching the indicated NG area), the probability of being a defective product can be greatly reduced, and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.
[3-3.第3の例示的実施形態の変形例]
 尚、上述した第3の例示的実施形態では、摺動溝301の深さ方向の外側に設けた貫通孔303の上端303U及び下端303Lを、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lの上下方向の突出量を規制するストッパとして用いるようにした。これに限らず、例えば、図23に示す前側搬送ガイド310のように、上側ストッパ105U及び下側ストッパ105Lを、図20に示した構成と比べて、摺動溝101により近い位置に設けるようにしてもよい。
[3-3. Modification of Third Exemplary Embodiment]
In the above-described third exemplary embodiment, the upper end 303U and the lower end 303L of the through hole 303 provided on the outer side in the depth direction of the sliding groove 301 are protruded in the vertical direction of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L. It was used as a stopper for regulating the amount. For example, as shown in FIG. 23, the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L are provided closer to the sliding groove 101 than the configuration shown in FIG. May be.
 上述したように、上側ローラ100Uの突出量のばらつきである長さCは、長さAと長さBの差が大きくなるほど、つまり摺動溝101と上側ストッパ105Uとの前後方向の距離が長くなるほど大きくなる。よって、上側ストッパ105Uを、摺動溝101に近づけると、図24のグラフに示すように、その分、長さCは小さくなる。ゆえに、前側搬送ガイド310では、第3の例示的実施形態の前側搬送ガイド300ほどではないにしろ、図20に示す前側搬送ガイド82と比べれば、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lの上下方向の突出量のばらつきを小さくすることができる。 As described above, the length C, which is the variation in the protrusion amount of the upper roller 100U, increases as the difference between the length A and the length B increases, that is, the distance in the front-rear direction between the sliding groove 101 and the upper stopper 105U increases. It gets bigger. Therefore, when the upper stopper 105U is brought close to the sliding groove 101, the length C is reduced accordingly, as shown in the graph of FIG. Therefore, the front conveyance guide 310 is not as large as the front conveyance guide 300 of the third exemplary embodiment, but the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L in the vertical direction compared to the front conveyance guide 82 shown in FIG. The variation in the protruding amount can be reduced.
 尚、上側ストッパ105U及び下側ストッパ105Lの前後方向の位置は、摺動溝101の前後方向の位置と一致させることが望ましいが、摺動溝101に沿って上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lが摺動する為、これら上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lの摺動領域内(図23に2点鎖線で示す領域の内側)に設けることはできない。ゆえに、上側ストッパ105U及び下側ストッパ105Lの前後方向の位置は、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lの摺動領域外で、できる限り摺動溝101に近い位置とすればよい。 It should be noted that it is desirable that the front and rear positions of the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L coincide with the front and rear positions of the sliding groove 101, but the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L are moved along the sliding groove 101. Since they slide, they cannot be provided within the sliding area of these upper roller 100U and lower roller 100L (inside the area indicated by the two-dot chain line in FIG. 23). Therefore, the position in the front-rear direction of the upper stopper 105U and the lower stopper 105L may be as close as possible to the sliding groove 101 outside the sliding region of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L.
[4.他の例示的実施形態]
[4-1.他の例示的実施形態1]
 尚、上述した第1の例示的実施形態では、受渡ガイド部81を構成する前側搬送ガイド82の上側の左右両端に位置する2個のリブ96Uのそれぞれに上側ローラ100Uを設け、前側搬送ガイド82の下側の左右両端に位置する2個のリブ96Lのそれぞれに下側ローラ100Lを設けた。これに限らず、上側ローラ100Uを、左右両端のリブ96U以外のリブ96Uに設けるようにしてもよく、同様に下側ローラ100Lを、左右両端のリブ96L以外のリブ96Lに設けるようにしてもよい。
[4. Other exemplary embodiments]
[4-1. Other Exemplary Embodiment 1]
In the first exemplary embodiment described above, the upper roller 100U is provided on each of the two ribs 96U located at the left and right ends of the upper side of the front side conveyance guide 82 constituting the delivery guide portion 81, and the front side conveyance guide 82 is provided. A lower roller 100L is provided on each of the two ribs 96L located at the left and right ends of the lower side. Not limited to this, the upper roller 100U may be provided on the ribs 96U other than the ribs 96U at the left and right ends, and similarly, the lower roller 100L may be provided on the ribs 96L other than the ribs 96L at the left and right ends. Good.
 さらに、これに限らず、上側ローラ100Uを、前側搬送ガイド82ではなく後側搬送ガイド83に設けてもよいし、前側搬送ガイド82と後側搬送ガイド83の両方に設けてもよい。同様に下側ローラ100Lを、前側搬送ガイド82ではなく後側搬送ガイド83に設けてもよいし、前側搬送ガイド82と後側搬送ガイド83の両方に設けてもよい。第1の例示的実施形態以外の例示的実施形態についても同様である。 Furthermore, the present invention is not limited to this, and the upper roller 100U may be provided not in the front conveyance guide 82 but in the rear conveyance guide 83, or in both the front conveyance guide 82 and the rear conveyance guide 83. Similarly, the lower roller 100L may be provided not in the front conveyance guide 82 but in the rear conveyance guide 83, or in both the front conveyance guide 82 and the rear conveyance guide 83. The same applies to the exemplary embodiments other than the first exemplary embodiment.
[4-2.他の例示的実施形態2]
 また、上述した各例示的実施形態では、受渡搬送部30(30A~30F)の上方に位置する上部ユニット21と、下方に位置する下部ユニット22が、それぞれ装置筐体2内部から引き出し可能となっている現金自動取引装置1に本開示を適用した。これに限らず、本開示は、上部ユニット21と下部ユニット22のどちらか一方のみが装置筐体2内部から引き出し可能な現金自動取引装置1にも適用することができる。
[4-2. Other exemplary embodiment 2]
Further, in each of the exemplary embodiments described above, the upper unit 21 located above the delivery conveyance unit 30 (30A to 30F) and the lower unit 22 located below can be pulled out from the inside of the apparatus housing 2, respectively. The present disclosure is applied to the automatic teller machine 1 that is being used. The present disclosure is not limited to this, and can also be applied to the automatic teller machine 1 in which only one of the upper unit 21 and the lower unit 22 can be withdrawn from the inside of the apparatus housing 2.
[4-3.他の例示的実施形態3]
 さらに、上述した各例示的実施形態では、受渡搬送部30に、第1の位置決め部及び第2の位置決め部の具体例として上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lを設けた。これに限らず、例えば図25に示すように、前側搬送ガイド82に、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lに代えて、断面略蒲鉾型で板状の上側突起部400U及び下側突起部400Lを設けてもよい。
[4-3. Other exemplary embodiment 3]
Furthermore, in each exemplary embodiment described above, the delivery roller 30 is provided with the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L as specific examples of the first positioning unit and the second positioning unit. For example, as shown in FIG. 25, instead of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L, a plate-like upper projection 400U and lower projection 400L having a substantially bowl-shaped cross section are provided on the front conveyance guide 82, as shown in FIG. It may be provided.
 上側突起部400Uは、リブ96Uより薄く、リブ96Uの上面に設けられた孔から半円形部分401Uが突出するようにしてリブ96Uに取り付けられている。上側突起部400Uは、半円形部分401Uの後端に、下方へと延びる下延部分402Uが設けられていて、この下延部分402Uの左右両側面に、それぞれ上下方向に間隔を空けて2本ずつ円柱状の摺動軸403が設けられている。そして、上側突起部400Uは、左右2本ずつの摺動軸403が、リブ96U内部の左右両側面に形成された上下方向に延びる摺動溝404Uに挿入されていて、これによりリブ96Uに対して上下方向に摺動できるようになっている。 The upper protrusion 400U is thinner than the rib 96U, and is attached to the rib 96U so that the semicircular portion 401U protrudes from a hole provided on the upper surface of the rib 96U. The upper projecting portion 400U is provided with a downwardly extending portion 402U extending downward at the rear end of the semicircular portion 401U, and two are provided on the left and right side surfaces of the downwardly extending portion 402U with a space in the vertical direction. A cylindrical sliding shaft 403 is provided for each. In the upper protrusion 400U, the two left and right sliding shafts 403 are inserted into the vertically extending sliding grooves 404U formed on the left and right side surfaces inside the rib 96U. Can be slid up and down.
 一方、下側突起部400Lは、リブ96Lより薄く、リブ96Lの下面に設けられた孔から半円形部分401Lが突出するようにしてリブ96Lに取り付けられている。下側突起部400Lは、半円形部分401Lの前端に、上方へと延びる上延部分402Lが設けられていて、この上延部分402Lの左右両側面に、それぞれ上下方向に間隔を空けて2本ずつ円柱状の摺動軸403が設けられている。そして、下側突起部400Lは、左右2本ずつの摺動軸403が、リブ96L内部の左右両側面に形成された上下方向に延びる摺動溝404Lに挿入されていて、これによりリブ96Lに対して上下方向に摺動できるようになっている。さらに、上側突起部400U及び下側突起部400Lは、コイルバネ405により、それぞれ上方及び下方に付勢されている。 On the other hand, the lower protrusion 400L is thinner than the rib 96L, and is attached to the rib 96L so that the semicircular portion 401L protrudes from a hole provided in the lower surface of the rib 96L. The lower protruding portion 400L is provided with an upwardly extending portion 402L extending upward at the front end of the semicircular portion 401L. Two lower protruding portions 400L are provided on the left and right side surfaces of the upwardly extending portion 402L with a space in the vertical direction. A cylindrical sliding shaft 403 is provided for each. In the lower protrusion 400L, the left and right sliding shafts 403 are inserted into the sliding grooves 404L formed in the left and right side surfaces inside the rib 96L and extending in the vertical direction. On the other hand, it can slide up and down. Further, the upper protrusion 400U and the lower protrusion 400L are urged upward and downward by a coil spring 405, respectively.
 このような構成でなる受渡搬送部30は、上側突起部400Uが、上側ローラ100Uの代わりに上側溝68に嵌合し、下側突起部400Lが、下側ローラ100Lの代わりに下側溝48に嵌合することで、これら上側突起部400U及び下側突起部400Lが、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lと同様に機能する。尚、上側突起部400Uの左右両側面に、それぞれ2本ずつ設けられた円柱状の摺動軸403の代わりに、上下方向に延びる板状の摺動軸を1本ずつ設けるようにしてもよい。下側突起部400Lについても同様である。 In the delivery conveyance unit 30 having such a configuration, the upper protrusion 400U is fitted into the upper groove 68 instead of the upper roller 100U, and the lower protrusion 400L is inserted into the lower groove 48 instead of the lower roller 100L. By fitting, the upper protrusion 400U and the lower protrusion 400L function in the same manner as the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L. Note that one plate-like slide shaft extending in the vertical direction may be provided on each of the left and right side surfaces of the upper protrusion 400U instead of the columnar slide shafts 403 provided in each case. . The same applies to the lower protrusion 400L.
 また、これに限らず、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100L、上側突起部400U及び下側突起部400Lと同様に機能するものであれば、これらとは構成の異なる第1の位置決め部及び第2の位置決め部を、受渡搬送部30に設けてもよい。 In addition, the first positioning unit and the second positioning unit are different from each other as long as they function in the same manner as the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L, the upper protrusion 400U, and the lower protrusion 400L. The positioning unit may be provided in the delivery conveyance unit 30.
[4-4.他の例示的実施形態4]
 さらに、上述した第3の例示的実施形態では、ローラ保持部品300B内部に形成された左右の摺動溝301のうちの一方における、中央部分の深さ方向の外側に、ローラ保持部品300Bの外側面まで貫通する貫通孔303を設けるようにした。これに限らず、摺動溝301のうちの一方における、中央部分の深さ方向の外側に、貫通孔303の代わりに、ローラ保持部品300Bの外側面近傍まで達する溝を形成するようにしてもよい。つまり、摺動溝301の中央部分を他の部分より一段深くするようにしてもよい。この場合、摺動溝301の中央部分の深さ方向の外側に形成された溝の上端と下端が、上側ローラ100U及び下側ローラ100Lの突出量を規制するストッパとして機能する。
[4-4. Other exemplary embodiment 4]
Further, in the above-described third exemplary embodiment, the outer side of the roller holding component 300B is disposed outside the central portion in one of the left and right sliding grooves 301 formed inside the roller holding component 300B. A through hole 303 penetrating to the side surface is provided. Not only this but the groove | channel which reaches to the outer surface vicinity of the roller holding | maintenance component 300B instead of the through-hole 303 is formed in the outer side of the depth direction of the center part in one of the sliding grooves 301. Good. In other words, the central portion of the sliding groove 301 may be made one step deeper than the other portions. In this case, the upper end and the lower end of the groove formed on the outer side in the depth direction of the central portion of the sliding groove 301 function as a stopper that regulates the protruding amount of the upper roller 100U and the lower roller 100L.
[4-5.他の例示的実施形態5]
 また、上述した各例示的実施形態では、本開示を、媒体処理装置の具体例としての紙幣入出金機10に適用したが、これに限らず、3つのガイド部を連結して搬送路を接続する機構を有する媒体処理装置であれば、紙幣入出金機10とは異なる構成の媒体処理装置にも適用できる。さらに、上述した各例示的実施形態では、媒体取引装置の具体例としての現金自動取引装置1に本開示を適用したが、これに限らず、3つのガイド部を連結して搬送路を接続する機構を有する媒体処理装置を備えた媒体取引装置であれば、現金自動取引装置1とは異なる構成の媒体取引装置にも適用できる。例えば、紙幣以外の媒体(切符、チケットなど)を搬送する媒体処理装置を備えた媒体取引装置にも適用できる。
[4-5. Other exemplary embodiment 5]
Further, in each exemplary embodiment described above, the present disclosure is applied to the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 as a specific example of the medium processing apparatus. However, the present disclosure is not limited thereto, and the three guide portions are connected to connect the conveyance path. As long as the medium processing apparatus has a mechanism that performs the same, it can be applied to a medium processing apparatus having a configuration different from that of the banknote depositing and dispensing machine 10. Furthermore, in each exemplary embodiment described above, the present disclosure is applied to the automatic teller machine 1 as a specific example of the medium transaction apparatus. However, the present disclosure is not limited thereto, and three guide units are connected to connect the conveyance path. Any medium transaction apparatus provided with a medium processing apparatus having a mechanism can be applied to a medium transaction apparatus having a configuration different from that of the automatic cash transaction apparatus 1. For example, the present invention can also be applied to a medium transaction apparatus provided with a medium processing apparatus that conveys a medium (ticket, ticket, etc.) other than banknotes.
[4-6.他の例示的実施形態6]
 さらに、上述した各例示的実施形態では、紙幣入出金機10に、第1搬送路としての受渡搬送路84を形成する搬送ガイド部の具体例として受渡ガイド部81を設けたが、これに限らず、受渡ガイド部81と同様に機能するものであれば、受渡ガイド部81とは異なる構成の搬送ガイド部を設けてもよい。さらに、上述した各例示的実施形態では、紙幣入出金機10に、第2搬送路としての収納庫側搬送路44を形成する第1の接続側搬送ガイド部の具体例として収納庫側ガイド部41を設けた。これに限らず、収納庫側ガイド部41と同様に機能するものであれば、収納庫側ガイド部41とは異なる構成の接続側搬送ガイド部を設けてもよい。さらに、上述した各例示的実施形態では、紙幣入出金機10に、第3搬送路としての搬送部側搬送路64を形成する第2の接続側搬送ガイド部の具体例として搬送部側ガイド部61を設けた。これに限らず、搬送部側ガイド部61と同様に機能するものであれば、搬送部側ガイド部61とは異なる構成の接続側搬送ガイド部を設けてもよい。
[4-6. Other Exemplary Embodiment 6]
Furthermore, in each exemplary embodiment described above, the banknote depositing / dispensing machine 10 is provided with the delivery guide part 81 as a specific example of the transport guide part that forms the delivery transport path 84 as the first transport path. Instead, as long as it functions in the same manner as the delivery guide portion 81, a conveyance guide portion having a configuration different from that of the delivery guide portion 81 may be provided. Furthermore, in each exemplary embodiment described above, the storage-side guide unit as a specific example of the first connection-side transport guide unit that forms the storage-side transport path 44 as the second transport path in the banknote depositing and dispensing machine 10. 41 was provided. Not only this but the connection side conveyance guide part of the structure different from the storage side guide part 41 may be provided if it functions similarly to the storage side guide part 41. Furthermore, in each exemplary embodiment described above, the conveyance unit side guide unit is provided as a specific example of the second connection side conveyance guide unit that forms the conveyance unit side conveyance path 64 as the third conveyance path in the banknote depositing and dispensing machine 10. 61 was provided. Not only this but the connection side conveyance guide part of the structure different from the conveyance part side guide part 61 may be provided if it functions similarly to the conveyance part side guide part 61.
 さらに、上述した各例示的実施形態では、付勢部の具体例として、第1のアームとしての上側アーム103U、203U、及び第2のアームとしての下側アーム103L、203Lを有するトーションスプリング103、203、及びコイルバネ405を用いたが、これらと同様に機能するものであれば、これらとは異なる付勢部を用いてもよい。さらに、上述した各例示的実施形態では、規制部の具体例として、上側ストッパ105U、下側ストッパ105L、上側アーム103U、203U、下側アーム103L、203L、貫通孔303を用いたが、これに限らず、これらと同様に機能するものであれば、これらとは異なる規制部を用いてもよい。 Further, in each of the exemplary embodiments described above, as a specific example of the urging portion, a torsion spring 103 having upper arms 103U and 203U as first arms and lower arms 103L and 203L as second arms, 203 and the coil spring 405 are used, but different urging portions may be used as long as they function in the same manner. Furthermore, in each of the exemplary embodiments described above, the upper stopper 105U, the lower stopper 105L, the upper arms 103U and 203U, the lower arms 103L and 203L, and the through hole 303 are used as specific examples of the restricting portion. Not limited to these, as long as they function in the same manner, a restricting portion different from these may be used.
[4-7.他の例示的実施形態7]
 さらに、本開示は、上述した各例示的実施形態に限定されるものではない。すなわち本開示は、上述した例示的実施形態と他の例示的実施形態の一部または全部を任意に組み合わせた例示的実施形態や、一部を抽出した例示的実施形態にもその適用範囲が及ぶものである。
[4-7. Other Exemplary Embodiment 7]
Further, the present disclosure is not limited to each exemplary embodiment described above. That is, the present disclosure also covers the exemplary embodiment in which some or all of the exemplary embodiments described above and other exemplary embodiments are arbitrarily combined, and the exemplary embodiments in which some are extracted. Is.
 本開示は、例えば3つのガイド部を連結して搬送路を接続する機構を有する種々の媒体処理装置で利用できる。 The present disclosure can be used in various medium processing apparatuses having a mechanism for connecting, for example, three guide portions to connect a conveyance path.
 日本出願特願2016-241412の開示は、その全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。 The entire disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-241413 is incorporated herein by reference.
 本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願、および技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、および技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記された場合と同程度に、本明細書中に参照により取り込まれる。 All documents, patent applications, and technical standards mentioned in this specification are to the same extent as if each individual document, patent application, and technical standard were specifically and individually described to be incorporated by reference, Incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (15)

  1.  所定の間隔を空けて対向する2つのガイド面の間に媒体が搬送される第1搬送路を形成する搬送ガイド部と、
     前記搬送ガイド部の一側と連結することで、前記第1搬送路の一端と接続される第2搬送路を形成する第1の接続側搬送ガイド部と、
     前記搬送ガイド部の他側と連結することで、前記第1搬送路の他端と接続される第3搬送路を形成する第2の接続側搬送ガイド部と
     を備え、
     前記搬送ガイド部に、前記第1の接続側搬送ガイド部と係合して当該第1の接続側搬送ガイド部との間の位置を規定する第1の位置決め部と、前記第2の接続側搬送ガイド部と係合して当該第2の接続側搬送ガイド部との間の位置を規定する第2の位置決め部と、前記第1の位置決め部及び前記第2の位置決め部を前記第1の接続側搬送ガイド部及び前記第2の接続側搬送ガイド部の方向へ付勢する付勢部とを設けた、
     媒体処理装置。
    A transport guide portion that forms a first transport path through which a medium is transported between two guide surfaces facing each other at a predetermined interval;
    A first connection-side conveyance guide portion that forms a second conveyance path connected to one end of the first conveyance path by being coupled to one side of the conveyance guide section;
    A second connection side conveyance guide part that forms a third conveyance path connected to the other end of the first conveyance path by being coupled to the other side of the conveyance guide part; and
    A first positioning portion that engages with the first connection-side conveyance guide portion to define a position between the first connection-side conveyance guide portion and the second connection side; A second positioning portion that engages with the transport guide portion and defines a position between the second connection side transport guide portion, the first positioning portion, and the second positioning portion; An urging portion for urging in the direction of the connection side conveyance guide portion and the second connection side conveyance guide portion;
    Media processing device.
  2.  前記付勢部は、
     巻回部と当該巻回部から延びる第1のアーム及び第2のアームを有するトーションスプリングであり、
     前記第1の位置決め部は、
     前記トーションスプリングの第1のアームにより付勢され、
     前記第2の位置決め部は、
     前記トーションスプリングの第2のアームにより付勢される、
     請求項1に記載の媒体処理装置。
    The biasing part is
    A torsion spring having a winding part and a first arm and a second arm extending from the winding part;
    The first positioning part is
    Biased by the first arm of the torsion spring;
    The second positioning part is
    Biased by the second arm of the torsion spring;
    The medium processing apparatus according to claim 1.
  3.  前記第1の位置決め部は、
     前記搬送ガイド部における前記第1の接続側搬送ガイド部と対向する部分から前記第1の接続側搬送ガイド部側に突出する第1のローラであり、
     前記第2の位置決め部は、
     前記搬送ガイド部における前記第2の接続側搬送ガイド部と対向する部分から前記第2の接続側搬送ガイド部側に突出する第2のローラであり、
     前記第1の接続側搬送ガイド部及び前記第2の接続側搬送ガイド部には、前記第1のローラ及び前記第2のローラが嵌合する溝が形成されていて、
     前記搬送ガイド部は、
     前記第1のローラが、前記第1の接続側搬送ガイド部の溝に嵌合することで、前記第1の接続側搬送ガイド部との間の位置が規定され、前記第2のローラが、前記第2の接続側搬送ガイド部の溝に嵌合することで、前記第2の接続側搬送ガイド部との間の位置が規定される、
     請求項2に記載の媒体処理装置。
    The first positioning part is
    A first roller that protrudes from the portion of the transport guide portion facing the first connection-side transport guide portion toward the first connection-side transport guide portion;
    The second positioning part is
    A second roller protruding from the portion of the transport guide portion facing the second connection side transport guide portion toward the second connection side transport guide portion;
    The first connection-side conveyance guide portion and the second connection-side conveyance guide portion are formed with grooves for fitting the first roller and the second roller,
    The conveyance guide part
    The first roller is fitted into the groove of the first connection-side conveyance guide portion, so that a position between the first roller and the first connection-side conveyance guide portion is defined, and the second roller is By fitting into the groove of the second connection side conveyance guide portion, a position between the second connection side conveyance guide portion and the second connection side conveyance guide portion is defined.
    The medium processing apparatus according to claim 2.
  4.  前記第1のローラ及び前記第2のローラは、
     それぞれ当該第1のローラ又は当該第2のローラを回転可能に支持するとともに前記搬送ガイド部内に設けられた摺動溝に沿って摺動する摺動部材に取り付けられ、
     前記搬送ガイド部は、
     前記摺動溝により前記摺動部材に取り付けられた前記第1のローラ及び前記第2のローラを前記搬送ガイド部から突出する突出方向及び当該突出方向とは逆方向に摺動可能に保持する、
     請求項3に記載の媒体処理装置。
    The first roller and the second roller are:
    Each of the first roller or the second roller is rotatably supported and attached to a sliding member that slides along a sliding groove provided in the conveyance guide portion.
    The conveyance guide part
    Holding the first roller and the second roller attached to the sliding member by the sliding groove so as to be slidable in a protruding direction protruding from the transport guide portion and in a direction opposite to the protruding direction;
    The medium processing apparatus according to claim 3.
  5.  前記摺動部材は、
     互いに対向する2本の軸とこれらを繋ぐ中間部分とで構成されるコの字型の部材であり、一方の軸により前記第1のローラ又は前記第2のローラを回転可能に支持するとともに、一方の軸の先端と他方の軸の先端と前記中間部分とが前記摺動溝に挿入されることで前記摺動溝に沿って摺動する、
     請求項4に記載の媒体処理装置。
    The sliding member is
    It is a U-shaped member composed of two shafts facing each other and an intermediate portion connecting them, and supports the first roller or the second roller rotatably by one shaft, The tip of one shaft, the tip of the other shaft, and the intermediate portion slide along the slide groove by being inserted into the slide groove.
    The medium processing apparatus according to claim 4.
  6.  前記搬送ガイド部に、
     前記第1のローラ及び前記第2のローラの前記搬送ガイド部からの突出量を規制する規制部を設けた、
     請求項5に記載の媒体処理装置。
    In the conveyance guide part,
    A restricting portion for restricting a protruding amount of the first roller and the second roller from the conveyance guide portion;
    The medium processing apparatus according to claim 5.
  7.  前記規制部は、
     前記トーションスプリングの第1のアーム及び第2のアームと、当該第1のアーム及び第2のアームに当接して当該第1のアーム及び第2のアームの開き量を規制するストッパとで構成され、
     当該第1のアーム及び当該第2のアームが前記ストッパに当接して開き量が最大となったときに、当該第1のアーム及び当該第2のアームが、それぞれ前記摺動部材の他方の軸と係合して当該摺動部材の前記突出方向への摺動を規制することにより、前記第1のローラ及び前記第2のローラの前記搬送ガイド部からの突出量を規制する、
     請求項6に記載の媒体処理装置。
    The regulation part is
    The first arm and the second arm of the torsion spring, and a stopper that abuts against the first arm and the second arm and regulates the opening amount of the first arm and the second arm. ,
    When the first arm and the second arm abut against the stopper and the opening amount becomes maximum, the first arm and the second arm are respectively connected to the other shaft of the sliding member. Restricting the amount of protrusion of the first roller and the second roller from the transport guide portion by restricting sliding in the protruding direction of the sliding member
    The medium processing apparatus according to claim 6.
  8.  前記ストッパは、
     前記搬送ガイド部と一体に成形されていて、当該搬送ガイド部内における、前記第1のアームの付け根及び前記第2のアームの付け根と前記摺動溝との間に配置されている、
     請求項7に記載の媒体処理装置。
    The stopper is
    It is formed integrally with the transport guide part, and is disposed between the root of the first arm and the base of the second arm and the sliding groove in the transport guide part.
    The medium processing apparatus according to claim 7.
  9.  前記ストッパは、
     前記搬送ガイド部内における、前記第1のローラ及び前記第2のローラの摺動領域外で前記摺動溝に最も近い位置に配置されている、
     請求項8に記載の媒体処理装置。
    The stopper is
    In the conveyance guide part, the first roller and the second roller are arranged at a position closest to the sliding groove outside the sliding region.
    The medium processing apparatus according to claim 8.
  10.  前記規制部は、
     前記摺動溝上の所定位置に形成された、前記摺動部材の他方の軸に当接するストッパであり、前記摺動部材の他方の軸が前記ストッパに当接したときに、当該ストッパが前記摺動部材の前記突出方向への摺動を規制することにより、前記第1のローラ及び前記第2のローラの前記搬送ガイド部からの突出量を規制する、
     請求項6に記載の媒体処理装置。
    The regulation part is
    A stopper formed at a predetermined position on the sliding groove and contacting the other shaft of the sliding member, and when the other shaft of the sliding member contacts the stopper, the stopper Restricting the amount of protrusion of the first roller and the second roller from the conveyance guide portion by restricting sliding of the moving member in the protrusion direction;
    The medium processing apparatus according to claim 6.
  11.  前記トーションスプリングは、
     前記巻回部の中心軸方向の一端側から延びる前記第1のアームの先端部分と前記巻回部の中心軸方向の他端側から延びる前記第2のアームの先端部分が、それぞれ前記第1のアームの根本部分と前記第2のアームの根本部分に対して、前記巻回部の中心軸方向の中心へ向かう方向にオフセットされた形状となっている、
     請求項2~請求項10のいずれか1項に記載の媒体処理装置。
    The torsion spring is
    A tip portion of the first arm extending from one end side in the central axis direction of the winding portion and a tip portion of the second arm extending from the other end side in the central axis direction of the winding portion are respectively the first portion. The base part of the arm and the base part of the second arm are offset in the direction toward the center in the central axis direction of the winding part,
    The medium processing apparatus according to any one of claims 2 to 10.
  12.  前記搬送ガイド部は、
     前記第1搬送路を形成する2つのガイド面のうちの一方を有するガイドに、前記第1のローラ、前記第2のローラ及び前記トーションスプリングが設けられていて、さらに当該ガイドが、ガイド面側に位置するとともに当該ガイド面を形成するガイド面形成部品と、ガイド面側とは反対側に位置するとともに前記第1のローラ及び前記第2のローラを保持するローラ保持部品とで構成されていて、前記ガイド面形成部品と前記ローラ保持部品との間に前記トーションスプリングの巻回部を挟み込んで保持する、
     請求項3~請求項11のいずれか1項に記載の媒体処理装置。
    The conveyance guide part
    The guide having one of the two guide surfaces forming the first transport path is provided with the first roller, the second roller, and the torsion spring, and the guide further includes a guide surface side. And a guide surface forming component that forms the guide surface, and a roller holding component that is positioned on the opposite side of the guide surface side and holds the first roller and the second roller. The torsion spring winding portion is sandwiched and held between the guide surface forming component and the roller holding component.
    The medium processing apparatus according to any one of claims 3 to 11.
  13.  前記トーションスプリングは、
     前記巻回部の中心軸方向の一端側から延びる前記第1のアームの先端部分と前記巻回部の中心軸方向の他端側から延びる前記第2のアームの先端部分が、それぞれ前記第1のアームの根本部分と前記第2のアームの根本部分に対して、前記巻回部の中心軸方向の中心へ向かう方向にオフセットされた形状であり、
     前記ローラ保持部品には、
     前記トーションスプリングの第1のアーム及び第2のアームをそれぞれ挿入する孔が設けられていて、
     前記第1のアームを挿入する孔及び前記第2のアームを挿入する孔は、それぞれ前記第1のアームと前記第2のアームを閉じた状態にすることで、前記トーションスプリングを挿入可能なL字型の形状となっている、
     請求項12に記載の媒体処理装置。
    The torsion spring is
    A tip portion of the first arm extending from one end side in the central axis direction of the winding portion and a tip portion of the second arm extending from the other end side in the central axis direction of the winding portion are respectively the first portion. The base part of the arm and the base part of the second arm are offset in the direction toward the center of the winding part in the central axis direction,
    In the roller holding part,
    Holes for inserting the first arm and the second arm of the torsion spring are provided,
    The hole for inserting the first arm and the hole for inserting the second arm are such that the torsion spring can be inserted by closing the first arm and the second arm, respectively. It is shaped like a letter,
    The medium processing apparatus according to claim 12.
  14.  前記第1のローラ及び前記第2のローラは、それぞれローラ外周面に前記トーションスプリングの前記第1のアーム及び前記第2のアームが入る溝が形成されている、
     請求項3~請求項13のいずれか1項に記載の媒体処理装置。
    The first roller and the second roller are formed with grooves into which the first arm and the second arm of the torsion spring enter, respectively, on the outer peripheral surface of the roller.
    The medium processing apparatus according to any one of claims 3 to 13.
  15.  所定の間隔を空けて対向する2つのガイド面の間に媒体が搬送される第1搬送路を形成する搬送ガイド部と、前記搬送ガイド部の一側と連結することで、前記第1搬送路の一端と接続される第2搬送路を形成する第1の接続側搬送ガイド部と、前記搬送ガイド部の他側と連結することで、前記第1搬送路の他端と接続される第3搬送路を形成する第2の接続側搬送ガイド部とを有し、前記搬送ガイド部に、前記第1の接続側搬送ガイド部と係合して当該第1の接続側搬送ガイド部との間の位置を規定する第1の位置決め部と、前記第2の接続側搬送ガイド部と係合して当該第2の接続側搬送ガイド部との間の位置を規定する第2の位置決め部と、前記第1の位置決め部及び前記第2の位置決め部を前記第1の接続側搬送ガイド部及び前記第2の接続側搬送ガイド部の方向へ付勢する付勢部とを設けた媒体処理装置を備え、
     前記媒体処理装置を介して前記媒体を各部へと搬送する、
     媒体取引装置。
    The first transport path is connected to a transport guide portion that forms a first transport path through which a medium is transported between two guide surfaces facing each other with a predetermined interval, and to one side of the transport guide portion. A first connection-side conveyance guide portion that forms a second conveyance path connected to one end of the first conveyance path, and a third connection portion that is connected to the other end of the first conveyance path by being coupled to the other side of the conveyance guide portion. A second connection-side conveyance guide portion that forms a conveyance path, and engages with the first connection-side conveyance guide portion between the first connection-side conveyance guide portion and the conveyance guide portion. A first positioning part that defines the position of the second connection part, a second positioning part that engages with the second connection-side transport guide part and defines a position between the second connection-side transport guide part, The first positioning portion and the second positioning portion are connected to the first connection-side transport guide portion and the second positioning portion. Comprising a medium processing apparatus provided with an urging portion for urging the direction of the connection-side conveying guide unit,
    Conveying the medium to each part via the medium processing device;
    Media transaction device.
PCT/JP2017/038350 2016-12-13 2017-10-24 Medium processing device and medium transaction device WO2018110092A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016-241412 2016-12-13
JP2016241412A JP6874353B2 (en) 2016-12-13 2016-12-13 Media processing equipment and media trading equipment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018110092A1 true WO2018110092A1 (en) 2018-06-21

Family

ID=62558480

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/038350 WO2018110092A1 (en) 2016-12-13 2017-10-24 Medium processing device and medium transaction device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6874353B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2018110092A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013242608A (en) * 2012-05-17 2013-12-05 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Paper sheet conveyance device and paper sheet handling device
JP2015225621A (en) * 2014-05-30 2015-12-14 日立オムロンターミナルソリューションズ株式会社 Paper currency handling device
JP2016057688A (en) * 2014-09-05 2016-04-21 沖電気工業株式会社 Paper transportation device and paper handling device
WO2016190220A1 (en) * 2015-05-26 2016-12-01 沖電気工業株式会社 Medium conveyance device and medium transaction device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013242608A (en) * 2012-05-17 2013-12-05 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Paper sheet conveyance device and paper sheet handling device
JP2015225621A (en) * 2014-05-30 2015-12-14 日立オムロンターミナルソリューションズ株式会社 Paper currency handling device
JP2016057688A (en) * 2014-09-05 2016-04-21 沖電気工業株式会社 Paper transportation device and paper handling device
WO2016190220A1 (en) * 2015-05-26 2016-12-01 沖電気工業株式会社 Medium conveyance device and medium transaction device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2018097600A (en) 2018-06-21
JP6874353B2 (en) 2021-05-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8550453B2 (en) Currency cassette pressure plate assembly
WO2012164629A1 (en) Bill storage box and bill handling device
JP5724652B2 (en) Media processing device
JP5566358B2 (en) Medium transport apparatus and medium transaction apparatus
JP5919953B2 (en) Drawer and medium transaction device
WO2016035420A1 (en) Paper-sheet conveying device and paper-sheet handling device
WO2014097786A1 (en) Medium conveyance device and medium processing device
WO2014188804A1 (en) Medium collection device and medium processing device
JP6146229B2 (en) Medium transport apparatus and medium transaction apparatus
JP6064786B2 (en) Medium stacking apparatus and medium processing apparatus
WO2018110092A1 (en) Medium processing device and medium transaction device
EP3046084B1 (en) Paper sheet receiving stacker
JP2017126171A (en) Medium processor and automatic transaction device
WO2016063571A1 (en) Medium storage device and medium transaction device
WO2017221523A1 (en) Medium processing device and medium transaction device
JP2016122231A (en) Medium processing device
JP6003555B2 (en) Medium transport device
WO2016136027A1 (en) Opening/closing device, medium conveying device, and medium processing device
JP7226098B2 (en) Media processing device and media trading device
JP2014056596A (en) Medium conveyance device, and medium transaction device
JP5712876B2 (en) Medium accumulation apparatus and medium transaction apparatus
JP2018104147A (en) Media separation device, media storage, and media transaction device
JP2017151922A (en) Medium storage and automatic transaction apparatus
JP2016045774A (en) Medium processor
JP2014189367A (en) Medium separator and medium processing apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17881201

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17881201

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1